types

package
v1.51.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Apr 11, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 4 Imported by: 4

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AacCodingMode 

type AacCodingMode string
const (
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Enum values for AacCodingMode

func (AacCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacCodingMode) Values() []AacCodingMode

Values returns all known values for AacCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacInputType 

type AacInputType string
const (
	AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd AacInputType = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"
	AacInputTypeNormal             AacInputType = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for AacInputType

func (AacInputType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacInputType) Values() []AacInputType

Values returns all known values for AacInputType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacProfile 

type AacProfile string
const (
	AacProfileHev1 AacProfile = "HEV1"
	AacProfileHev2 AacProfile = "HEV2"
	AacProfileLc   AacProfile = "LC"
)

Enum values for AacProfile

func (AacProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacProfile) Values() []AacProfile

Values returns all known values for AacProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRateControlMode 

type AacRateControlMode string
const (
	AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR"
	AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for AacRateControlMode

func (AacRateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRateControlMode) Values() []AacRateControlMode

Values returns all known values for AacRateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRawFormat 

type AacRawFormat string
const (
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"
	AacRawFormatNone     AacRawFormat = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AacRawFormat

func (AacRawFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRawFormat) Values() []AacRawFormat

Values returns all known values for AacRawFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacSettings 

type AacSettings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode and
	// profile.
	Bitrate *float64

	// Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control mode
	// and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description plus
	// control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control
	// data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
	CodingMode AacCodingMode

	// Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD
	// (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set to 3,
	// which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed
	// AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio;
	// the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl and
	// audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.
	// Leave set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD.
	InputType AacInputType

	// AAC Profile.
	Profile AacProfile

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode AacRateControlMode

	// Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers.
	RawFormat AacRawFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
	SampleRate *float64

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport
	// Stream containers.
	Spec AacSpec

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR.
	VbrQuality AacVbrQuality
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Aac Settings

type AacSpec 

type AacSpec string
const (
	AacSpecMpeg2 AacSpec = "MPEG2"
	AacSpecMpeg4 AacSpec = "MPEG4"
)

Enum values for AacSpec

func (AacSpec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacSpec) Values() []AacSpec

Values returns all known values for AacSpec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacVbrQuality 

type AacVbrQuality string
const (
	AacVbrQualityHigh       AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityLow        AacVbrQuality = "LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow  AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW"
)

Enum values for AacVbrQuality

func (AacVbrQuality) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacVbrQuality) Values() []AacVbrQuality

Values returns all known values for AacVbrQuality. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3AttenuationControl added in v1.35.0 

type Ac3AttenuationControl string
const (
	Ac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Ac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Ac3AttenuationControlNone         Ac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3AttenuationControl

func (Ac3AttenuationControl) Values added in v1.35.0 

func (Ac3AttenuationControl) Values() []Ac3AttenuationControl

Values returns all known values for Ac3AttenuationControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3BitstreamMode 

type Ac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue         Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE"
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects  Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver        Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Ac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3CodingMode 

type Ac3CodingMode string
const (
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Enum values for Ac3CodingMode

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values() []Ac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DrcProfile 

type Ac3DrcProfile string
const (
	Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard Ac3DrcProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DrcProfileNone         Ac3DrcProfile = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DrcProfile

func (Ac3DrcProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3DrcProfile) Values() []Ac3DrcProfile

Values returns all known values for Ac3DrcProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3LfeFilter 

type Ac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled  Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values() []Ac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Ac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3MetadataControl 

type Ac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values() []Ac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Ac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3Settings 

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. Applies only when the
	// coding mode parameter is CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE.
	AttenuationControl Ac3AttenuationControl

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
	Bitrate *float64

	// Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC
	// A/52-2012 for background on these values.
	BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Ac3CodingMode

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int32

	// If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output
	// bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
	DrcProfile Ac3DrcProfile

	// When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to
	// encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode.
	LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter

	// When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from
	// one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ac3 Settings

type AcceptHeader 

type AcceptHeader string
const (
	AcceptHeaderImageJpeg AcceptHeader = "image/jpeg"
)

Enum values for AcceptHeader

func (AcceptHeader) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AcceptHeader) Values() []AcceptHeader

Values returns all known values for AcceptHeader. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AccessibilityType added in v1.21.0 

type AccessibilityType string
const (
	AccessibilityTypeDoesNotImplementAccessibilityFeatures AccessibilityType = "DOES_NOT_IMPLEMENT_ACCESSIBILITY_FEATURES"
	AccessibilityTypeImplementsAccessibilityFeatures       AccessibilityType = "IMPLEMENTS_ACCESSIBILITY_FEATURES"
)

Enum values for AccessibilityType

func (AccessibilityType) Values added in v1.21.0 

func (AccessibilityType) Values() []AccessibilityType

Values returns all known values for AccessibilityType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AccountConfiguration added in v1.32.0 

type AccountConfiguration struct {

	// Specifies the KMS key to use for all features that use key encryption. Specify
	// the ARN of a KMS key that you have created. Or leave blank to use the key that
	// MediaLive creates and manages for you.
	KmsKeyId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for AccountConfiguration

type AfdSignaling 

type AfdSignaling string
const (
	AfdSignalingAuto  AfdSignaling = "AUTO"
	AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED"
	AfdSignalingNone  AfdSignaling = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AfdSignaling

func (AfdSignaling) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AfdSignaling) Values() []AfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for AfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillarySourceSettings added in v0.29.0 

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specifies the number (1 to 4) of the captions channel you want to extract from
	// the ancillary captions. If you plan to convert the ancillary captions to another
	// format, complete this field. If you plan to choose Embedded as the captions
	// destination in the output (to pass through all the channels in the ancillary
	// captions), leave this field blank because MediaLive ignores the field.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ancillary Source Settings

type ArchiveCdnSettings added in v1.2.0 

type ArchiveCdnSettings struct {

	// Archive S3 Settings
	ArchiveS3Settings *ArchiveS3Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Cdn Settings

type ArchiveContainerSettings 

type ArchiveContainerSettings struct {

	// M2ts Settings
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings

	// Raw Settings
	RawSettings *RawSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Container Settings

type ArchiveGroupSettings 

type ArchiveGroupSettings struct {

	// A directory and base filename where archive files should be written.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	ArchiveCdnSettings *ArchiveCdnSettings

	// Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a new
	// one.
	RolloverInterval *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Group Settings

type ArchiveOutputSettings 

type ArchiveOutputSettings struct {

	// Settings specific to the container type of the file.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings

	// Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the
	// container type.
	Extension *string

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
	// multiple outputs of the same type.
	NameModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Output Settings

type ArchiveS3Settings added in v1.2.0 

type ArchiveS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl S3CannedAcl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive S3 Settings

type AribDestinationSettings 

type AribDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Arib Destination Settings

type AribSourceSettings 

type AribSourceSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Arib Source Settings

type AudioChannelMapping 

type AudioChannelMapping struct {

	// Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into this
	// output channel.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputChannelLevels []InputChannelLevel

	// The index of the output channel being produced.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputChannel *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Channel Mapping

type AudioCodecSettings 

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Aac Settings
	AacSettings *AacSettings

	// Ac3 Settings
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings

	// Eac3 Atmos Settings
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings

	// Eac3 Settings
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings

	// Mp2 Settings
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings

	// Pass Through Settings
	PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings

	// Wav Settings
	WavSettings *WavSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Codec Settings

type AudioDescription 

type AudioDescription struct {

	// The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AudioSelectorName *string

	// The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
	// identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within this
	// Live Event.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Identifies the DASH roles to assign to this audio output. Applies only when the
	// audio output is configured for DVB DASH accessibility signaling.
	AudioDashRoles []DashRoleAudio

	// Advanced audio normalization settings.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings

	// Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType are
	// defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1.
	AudioType AudioType

	// Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains an
	// ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If the input
	// contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included in the
	// output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note
	// that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is
	// broadcasterMixedAd.
	AudioTypeControl AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl

	// Settings to configure one or more solutions that insert audio watermarks in the
	// audio encode
	AudioWatermarkingSettings *AudioWatermarkSettings

	// Audio codec settings.
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings

	// Identifies DVB DASH accessibility signaling in this audio output. Used in
	// Microsoft Smooth Streaming outputs to signal accessibility information to
	// packagers.
	DvbDashAccessibility DvbDashAccessibility

	// RFC 5646 language code representing the language of the audio output track.
	// Only used if languageControlMode is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639
	// language code specified in the input.
	LanguageCode *string

	// Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to
	// follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used
	// when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no ISO
	// 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCodeControl AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl

	// Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output
	// audio channels.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by the
	// player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).
	StreamName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Description

type AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl 

type AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl string
const (
	AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput   AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl

func (AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl) Values() []AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl 

type AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl string
const (
	AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput   AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl

func (AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl) Values() []AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioDolbyEDecode added in v1.27.0 

type AudioDolbyEDecode struct {

	// Applies only to Dolby E. Enter the program ID (according to the metadata in the
	// audio) of the Dolby E program to extract from the specified track. One program
	// extracted per audio selector. To select multiple programs, create multiple
	// selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. “All channels”
	// means to ignore the program IDs and include all the channels in this selector;
	// useful if metadata is known to be incorrect.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ProgramSelection DolbyEProgramSelection
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Dolby EDecode

type AudioHlsRenditionSelection added in v1.8.0 

type AudioHlsRenditionSelection struct {

	// Specifies the GROUP-ID in the #EXT-X-MEDIA tag of the target HLS audio
	// rendition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// Specifies the NAME in the #EXT-X-MEDIA tag of the target HLS audio rendition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Hls Rendition Selection

type AudioLanguageSelection 

type AudioLanguageSelection struct {

	// Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LanguageCode *string

	// When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio
	// streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an audio
	// stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present then mute
	// will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on a PMT update the
	// demux will choose another audio stream in the program with the same stream type
	// if it can't find one with the same language.
	LanguageSelectionPolicy AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Language Selection

type AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy 

type AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy string
const (
	AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose  AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy = "LOOSE"
	AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy = "STRICT"
)

Enum values for AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy

func (AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy) Values() []AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy

Values returns all known values for AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_1770_1"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_1770_2"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationSettings 

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act
	// specification, itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
	Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

	// When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen
	// algorithm. If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

	// Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default
	// value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1)
	// recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends
	// a target of -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Normalization Settings

type AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType 

type AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType string
const (
	AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac  AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType = "AAC"
	AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType = "FMP4"
)

Enum values for AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType

func (AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType) Values() []AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType

Values returns all known values for AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioOnlyHlsSettings 

type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string

	// Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an
	// audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases
	// the output audio bandwidth. The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag,
	// frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native
	// Frames" standard.
	AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The
	// client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate
	// rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an
	// EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio,
	// not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by
	// default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO,
	// AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType AudioOnlyHlsTrackType

	// Specifies the segment type.
	SegmentType AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Only Hls Settings

type AudioOnlyHlsTrackType 

type AudioOnlyHlsTrackType string
const (
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        AudioOnlyHlsTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault AudioOnlyHlsTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     AudioOnlyHlsTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          AudioOnlyHlsTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for AudioOnlyHlsTrackType

func (AudioOnlyHlsTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioOnlyHlsTrackType) Values() []AudioOnlyHlsTrackType

Values returns all known values for AudioOnlyHlsTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioPidSelection 

type AudioPidSelection struct {

	// Selects a specific PID from within a source.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Pid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Pid Selection

type AudioSelector 

type AudioSelector struct {

	// The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to
	// uniquely identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The audio selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Selector

type AudioSelectorSettings 

type AudioSelectorSettings struct {

	// Audio Hls Rendition Selection
	AudioHlsRenditionSelection *AudioHlsRenditionSelection

	// Audio Language Selection
	AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection

	// Audio Pid Selection
	AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection

	// Audio Track Selection
	AudioTrackSelection *AudioTrackSelection
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Selector Settings

type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings added in v0.31.0 

type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings struct {

	// The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor to
	// detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create an
	// audio selector in this input, leave blank.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AudioSelectorName *string

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent
	// before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss or
	// audio quieter than -50 dBFS.
	AudioSilenceThresholdMsec *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for AudioSilenceFailoverSettings

type AudioTrack 

type AudioTrack struct {

	// 1-based integer value that maps to a specific audio track
	//
	// This member is required.
	Track *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Track

type AudioTrackSelection 

type AudioTrackSelection struct {

	// Selects one or more unique audio tracks from within a source.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tracks []AudioTrack

	// Configure decoding options for Dolby E streams - these should be Dolby E frames
	// carried in PCM streams tagged with SMPTE-337
	DolbyEDecode *AudioDolbyEDecode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Track Selection

type AudioType 

type AudioType string
const (
	AudioTypeCleanEffects             AudioType = "CLEAN_EFFECTS"
	AudioTypeHearingImpaired          AudioType = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	AudioTypeUndefined                AudioType = "UNDEFINED"
	AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary AudioType = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY"
)

Enum values for AudioType

func (AudioType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioType) Values() []AudioType

Values returns all known values for AudioType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioWatermarkSettings added in v1.10.0 

type AudioWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Settings to configure Nielsen Watermarks in the audio encode
	NielsenWatermarksSettings *NielsenWatermarksSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Watermark Settings

type AuthenticationScheme 

type AuthenticationScheme string
const (
	AuthenticationSchemeAkamai AuthenticationScheme = "AKAMAI"
	AuthenticationSchemeCommon AuthenticationScheme = "COMMON"
)

Enum values for AuthenticationScheme

func (AuthenticationScheme) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AuthenticationScheme) Values() []AuthenticationScheme

Values returns all known values for AuthenticationScheme. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings 

type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings struct {

	// The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SecondaryInputId *string

	// This clear time defines the requirement a recovered input must meet to be
	// considered healthy. The input must have no failover conditions for this length
	// of time. Enter a time in milliseconds. This value is particularly important if
	// the input_preference for the failover pair is set to PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED,
	// because after this time, MediaLive will switch back to the primary input.
	ErrorClearTimeMsec *int32

	// A list of failover conditions. If any of these conditions occur, MediaLive will
	// perform a failover to the other input.
	FailoverConditions []FailoverCondition

	// Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously
	// failed input has recovered.
	InputPreference InputPreference
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for Automatic Input Failover.

type AvailBlanking 

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images
	// are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation

	// When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
	// insertion metadata is added.
	State AvailBlankingState
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Blanking

type AvailBlankingState 

type AvailBlankingState string
const (
	AvailBlankingStateDisabled AvailBlankingState = "DISABLED"
	AvailBlankingStateEnabled  AvailBlankingState = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AvailBlankingState

func (AvailBlankingState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvailBlankingState) Values() []AvailBlankingState

Values returns all known values for AvailBlankingState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvailConfiguration 

type AvailConfiguration struct {

	// Controls how SCTE-35 messages create cues. Splice Insert mode treats all
	// segmentation signals traditionally. With Time Signal APOS mode only Time Signal
	// Placement Opportunity and Break messages create segment breaks. With ESAM mode,
	// signals are forwarded to an ESAM server for possible update.
	AvailSettings *AvailSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Configuration

type AvailSettings 

type AvailSettings struct {

	// Esam
	Esam *Esam

	// Typical configuration that applies breaks on splice inserts in addition to time
	// signal placement opportunities, breaks, and advertisements.
	Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert

	// Atypical configuration that applies segment breaks only on SCTE-35 time signal
	// placement opportunities and breaks.
	Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Settings

type BadGatewayException 

type BadGatewayException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for BadGatewayException

func (*BadGatewayException) Error 

func (e *BadGatewayException) Error() string

func (*BadGatewayException) ErrorCode 

func (e *BadGatewayException) ErrorCode() string

func (*BadGatewayException) ErrorFault 

func (e *BadGatewayException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*BadGatewayException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *BadGatewayException) ErrorMessage() string

type BadRequestException 

type BadRequestException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for BadRequestException

func (*BadRequestException) Error 

func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorCode 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorFault 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string

type BatchFailedResultModel added in v0.29.0 

type BatchFailedResultModel struct {

	// ARN of the resource
	Arn *string

	// Error code for the failed operation
	Code *string

	// ID of the resource
	Id *string

	// Error message for the failed operation
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details from a failed operation

type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest 

type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct {

	// A list of schedule actions to create.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleActions []ScheduleAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created (in a response).

type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult 

type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct {

	// List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleActions []ScheduleAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of actions that have been created in the schedule.

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest 

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct {

	// A list of schedule actions to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of schedule actions to delete.

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult 

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct {

	// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleActions []ScheduleAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.

type BatchSuccessfulResultModel added in v0.29.0 

type BatchSuccessfulResultModel struct {

	// ARN of the resource
	Arn *string

	// ID of the resource
	Id *string

	// Current state of the resource
	State *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details from a successful operation

type BlackoutSlate 

type BlackoutSlate struct {

	// Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
	// images are supported.
	BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation

	// Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and
	// captions, and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35
	// Network End Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted
	// when the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End
	// and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the value
	// entered in "Network ID".
	NetworkEndBlackout BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout

	// Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled
	// to fill the entire output raster.
	NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation

	// Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g.,
	// "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C").
	NetworkId *string

	// When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
	// indicated by program metadata.
	State BlackoutSlateState
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Blackout Slate

type BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout 

type BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout string
const (
	BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout = "DISABLED"
	BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled  BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout

func (BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout) Values() []BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout

Values returns all known values for BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BlackoutSlateState 

type BlackoutSlateState string
const (
	BlackoutSlateStateDisabled BlackoutSlateState = "DISABLED"
	BlackoutSlateStateEnabled  BlackoutSlateState = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for BlackoutSlateState

func (BlackoutSlateState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BlackoutSlateState) Values() []BlackoutSlateState

Values returns all known values for BlackoutSlateState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInAlignment 

type BurnInAlignment string
const (
	BurnInAlignmentCentered BurnInAlignment = "CENTERED"
	BurnInAlignmentLeft     BurnInAlignment = "LEFT"
	BurnInAlignmentSmart    BurnInAlignment = "SMART"
)

Enum values for BurnInAlignment

func (BurnInAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInAlignment) Values() []BurnInAlignment

Values returns all known values for BurnInAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInBackgroundColor 

type BurnInBackgroundColor string
const (
	BurnInBackgroundColorBlack BurnInBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	BurnInBackgroundColorNone  BurnInBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	BurnInBackgroundColorWhite BurnInBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurnInBackgroundColor

func (BurnInBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInBackgroundColor) Values() []BurnInBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for BurnInBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInDestinationSettings 

type BurnInDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the
	// font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and
	// center-justify pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	Alignment BurnInAlignment

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor BurnInBackgroundColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0
	// (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int32

	// External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' or
	// 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types of
	// input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
	// Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
	// of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Font *InputLocation

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor BurnInFontColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int32

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int32

	// When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
	// Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize *string

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that
	// are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	OutlineColor BurnInOutlineColor

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are
	// already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineSize *int32

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor BurnInShadowColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int32

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int32

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int32

	// Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output
	// subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in
	// outputs.
	TeletextGridControl BurnInTeletextGridControl

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int32

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels
	// from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, the caption
	// will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	YPosition *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn In Destination Settings

type BurnInFontColor 

type BurnInFontColor string
const (
	BurnInFontColorBlack  BurnInFontColor = "BLACK"
	BurnInFontColorBlue   BurnInFontColor = "BLUE"
	BurnInFontColorGreen  BurnInFontColor = "GREEN"
	BurnInFontColorRed    BurnInFontColor = "RED"
	BurnInFontColorWhite  BurnInFontColor = "WHITE"
	BurnInFontColorYellow BurnInFontColor = "YELLOW"
)

Enum values for BurnInFontColor

func (BurnInFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInFontColor) Values() []BurnInFontColor

Values returns all known values for BurnInFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInOutlineColor 

type BurnInOutlineColor string
const (
	BurnInOutlineColorBlack  BurnInOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	BurnInOutlineColorBlue   BurnInOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	BurnInOutlineColorGreen  BurnInOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	BurnInOutlineColorRed    BurnInOutlineColor = "RED"
	BurnInOutlineColorWhite  BurnInOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	BurnInOutlineColorYellow BurnInOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
)

Enum values for BurnInOutlineColor

func (BurnInOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInOutlineColor) Values() []BurnInOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for BurnInOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInShadowColor 

type BurnInShadowColor string
const (
	BurnInShadowColorBlack BurnInShadowColor = "BLACK"
	BurnInShadowColorNone  BurnInShadowColor = "NONE"
	BurnInShadowColorWhite BurnInShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurnInShadowColor

func (BurnInShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInShadowColor) Values() []BurnInShadowColor

Values returns all known values for BurnInShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInTeletextGridControl 

type BurnInTeletextGridControl string
const (
	BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed  BurnInTeletextGridControl = "FIXED"
	BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled BurnInTeletextGridControl = "SCALED"
)

Enum values for BurnInTeletextGridControl

func (BurnInTeletextGridControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurnInTeletextGridControl) Values() []BurnInTeletextGridControl

Values returns all known values for BurnInTeletextGridControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionDescription 

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when
	// generating output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CaptionSelectorName *string

	// Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description with
	// an output. Names must be unique within an event.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Indicates whether the caption track implements accessibility features such as
	// written descriptions of spoken dialog, music, and sounds. This signaling is
	// added to HLS output group and MediaPackage output group.
	Accessibility AccessibilityType

	// Identifies the DASH roles to assign to this captions output. Applies only when
	// the captions output is configured for DVB DASH accessibility signaling.
	CaptionDashRoles []DashRoleCaption

	// Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination
	// type.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Identifies DVB DASH accessibility signaling in this captions output. Used in
	// Microsoft Smooth Streaming outputs to signal accessibility information to
	// packagers.
	DvbDashAccessibility DvbDashAccessibility

	// ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
	LanguageCode *string

	// Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg.
	// English, or Spanish).
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description

type CaptionDestinationSettings 

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Arib Destination Settings
	AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings

	// Burn In Destination Settings
	BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings

	// Dvb Sub Destination Settings
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings

	// Ebu Tt DDestination Settings
	EbuTtDDestinationSettings *EbuTtDDestinationSettings

	// Embedded Destination Settings
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

	// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
	EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings

	// Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings
	RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings

	// Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings
	Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings

	// Scte27 Destination Settings
	Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings

	// Smpte Tt Destination Settings
	SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings

	// Teletext Destination Settings
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings

	// Ttml Destination Settings
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings

	// Webvtt Destination Settings
	WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Destination Settings

type CaptionLanguageMapping 

type CaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping. Each
	// channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4)
	//
	// This member is required.
	CaptionChannel *int32

	// Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see
	// http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2)
	//
	// This member is required.
	LanguageCode *string

	// Textual description of language
	//
	// This member is required.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), with an optional description.

type CaptionRectangle added in v1.2.0 

type CaptionRectangle struct {

	// See the description in leftOffset. For height, specify the entire height of the
	// rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame height. For example, "80"
	// means the rectangle height is 80% of the underlying frame height. The topOffset
	// and rectangleHeight must add up to 100% or less. This field corresponds to
	// tts:extent - Y in the TTML standard.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Height *float64

	// Applies only if you plan to convert these source captions to EBU-TT-D or TTML
	// in an output. (Make sure to leave the default if you don't have either of these
	// formats in the output.) You can define a display rectangle for the captions that
	// is smaller than the underlying video frame. You define the rectangle by
	// specifying the position of the left edge, top edge, bottom edge, and right edge
	// of the rectangle, all within the underlying video frame. The units for the
	// measurements are percentages. If you specify a value for one of these fields,
	// you must specify a value for all of them. For leftOffset, specify the position
	// of the left edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of the underlying frame
	// width, and relative to the left edge of the frame. For example, "10" means the
	// measurement is 10% of the underlying frame width. The rectangle left edge starts
	// at that position from the left edge of the frame. This field corresponds to
	// tts:origin - X in the TTML standard.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LeftOffset *float64

	// See the description in leftOffset. For topOffset, specify the position of the
	// top edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of the underlying frame height, and
	// relative to the top edge of the frame. For example, "10" means the measurement
	// is 10% of the underlying frame height. The rectangle top edge starts at that
	// position from the top edge of the frame. This field corresponds to tts:origin -
	// Y in the TTML standard.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TopOffset *float64

	// See the description in leftOffset. For width, specify the entire width of the
	// rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame width. For example, "80" means
	// the rectangle width is 80% of the underlying frame width. The leftOffset and
	// rectangleWidth must add up to 100% or less. This field corresponds to tts:extent
	// - X in the TTML standard.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Width *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Rectangle

type CaptionSelector 

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this
	// caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique
	// within an event.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the
	// caption track to extract from the source.
	LanguageCode *string

	// Caption selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Selector

type CaptionSelectorSettings 

type CaptionSelectorSettings struct {

	// Ancillary Source Settings
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings

	// Arib Source Settings
	AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings

	// Dvb Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings

	// Embedded Source Settings
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings

	// Scte20 Source Settings
	Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings

	// Scte27 Source Settings
	Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings

	// Teletext Source Settings
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Selector Settings

type CdiInputResolution added in v0.29.0 

type CdiInputResolution string
const (
	CdiInputResolutionSd  CdiInputResolution = "SD"
	CdiInputResolutionHd  CdiInputResolution = "HD"
	CdiInputResolutionFhd CdiInputResolution = "FHD"
	CdiInputResolutionUhd CdiInputResolution = "UHD"
)

Enum values for CdiInputResolution

func (CdiInputResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CdiInputResolution) Values() []CdiInputResolution

Values returns all known values for CdiInputResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CdiInputSpecification added in v0.29.0 

type CdiInputSpecification struct {

	// Maximum CDI input resolution
	Resolution CdiInputResolution
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for CdiInputSpecification

type Channel 

type Channel struct {

	// The unique arn of the channel.
	Arn *string

	// Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification

	// The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
	ChannelClass ChannelClass

	// A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
	// destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is one
	// destination per packager.
	Destinations []OutputDestination

	// The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
	EgressEndpoints []ChannelEgressEndpoint

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings

	// The unique id of the channel.
	Id *string

	// List of input attachments for channel.
	InputAttachments []InputAttachment

	// Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
	InputSpecification *InputSpecification

	// The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogLevel LogLevel

	// Maintenance settings for this channel.
	Maintenance *MaintenanceStatus

	// The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
	Name *string

	// Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
	PipelineDetails []PipelineDetail

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
	RoleArn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for ChannelState
	State ChannelState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Settings for VPC output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for Channel

type ChannelClass 

type ChannelClass string
const (
	ChannelClassStandard       ChannelClass = "STANDARD"
	ChannelClassSinglePipeline ChannelClass = "SINGLE_PIPELINE"
)

Enum values for ChannelClass

func (ChannelClass) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ChannelClass) Values() []ChannelClass

Values returns all known values for ChannelClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelEgressEndpoint 

type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct {

	// Public IP of where a channel's output comes from
	SourceIp *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for ChannelEgressEndpoint

type ChannelPipelineIdToRestart added in v1.47.0 

type ChannelPipelineIdToRestart string
const (
	ChannelPipelineIdToRestartPipeline0 ChannelPipelineIdToRestart = "PIPELINE_0"
	ChannelPipelineIdToRestartPipeline1 ChannelPipelineIdToRestart = "PIPELINE_1"
)

Enum values for ChannelPipelineIdToRestart

func (ChannelPipelineIdToRestart) Values added in v1.47.0 

func (ChannelPipelineIdToRestart) Values() []ChannelPipelineIdToRestart

Values returns all known values for ChannelPipelineIdToRestart. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelState 

type ChannelState string
const (
	ChannelStateCreating     ChannelState = "CREATING"
	ChannelStateCreateFailed ChannelState = "CREATE_FAILED"
	ChannelStateIdle         ChannelState = "IDLE"
	ChannelStateStarting     ChannelState = "STARTING"
	ChannelStateRunning      ChannelState = "RUNNING"
	ChannelStateRecovering   ChannelState = "RECOVERING"
	ChannelStateStopping     ChannelState = "STOPPING"
	ChannelStateDeleting     ChannelState = "DELETING"
	ChannelStateDeleted      ChannelState = "DELETED"
	ChannelStateUpdating     ChannelState = "UPDATING"
	ChannelStateUpdateFailed ChannelState = "UPDATE_FAILED"
)

Enum values for ChannelState

func (ChannelState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ChannelState) Values() []ChannelState

Values returns all known values for ChannelState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelSummary 

type ChannelSummary struct {

	// The unique arn of the channel.
	Arn *string

	// Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification

	// The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
	ChannelClass ChannelClass

	// A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
	// destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is one
	// destination per packager.
	Destinations []OutputDestination

	// The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
	EgressEndpoints []ChannelEgressEndpoint

	// The unique id of the channel.
	Id *string

	// List of input attachments for channel.
	InputAttachments []InputAttachment

	// Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
	InputSpecification *InputSpecification

	// The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogLevel LogLevel

	// Maintenance settings for this channel.
	Maintenance *MaintenanceStatus

	// The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
	Name *string

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
	RoleArn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for ChannelState
	State ChannelState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Settings for any VPC outputs.
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for ChannelSummary

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator string
const (
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperatorGreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator = "GreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperatorGreaterThanThreshold          CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator = "GreaterThanThreshold"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperatorLessThanThreshold             CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator = "LessThanThreshold"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperatorLessThanOrEqualToThreshold    CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator = "LessThanOrEqualToThreshold"
)

Enum values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator) Values() []CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator

Values returns all known values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateGroupSummary added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateGroupSummary struct {

	// A cloudwatch alarm template group's ARN (Amazon Resource Name)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	//
	// This member is required.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// A cloudwatch alarm template group's id. AWS provided template groups have ids
	// that start with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// A resource's name. Names must be unique within the scope of a resource type in
	// a specific region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The number of templates in a group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TemplateCount *int32

	// A resource's optional description.
	Description *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	ModifiedAt *time.Time

	// Represents the tags associated with a resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateGroupSummary

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic string
const (
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatisticSampleCount CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic = "SampleCount"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatisticAverage     CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic = "Average"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatisticSum         CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic = "Sum"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatisticMinimum     CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic = "Minimum"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatisticMaximum     CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic = "Maximum"
)

Enum values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic) Values() []CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic

Values returns all known values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateSummary added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateSummary struct {

	// A cloudwatch alarm template's ARN (Amazon Resource Name)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// The comparison operator used to compare the specified statistic and the
	// threshold.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ComparisonOperator CloudWatchAlarmTemplateComparisonOperator

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	//
	// This member is required.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// The number of periods over which data is compared to the specified threshold.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EvaluationPeriods *int32

	// A cloudwatch alarm template group's id. AWS provided template groups have ids
	// that start with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// A cloudwatch alarm template's id. AWS provided templates have ids that start
	// with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// The name of the metric associated with the alarm. Must be compatible with
	// targetResourceType.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MetricName *string

	// A resource's name. Names must be unique within the scope of a resource type in
	// a specific region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The period, in seconds, over which the specified statistic is applied.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Period *int32

	// The statistic to apply to the alarm's metric data.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Statistic CloudWatchAlarmTemplateStatistic

	// The resource type this template should dynamically generate cloudwatch metric
	// alarms for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetResourceType CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType

	// The threshold value to compare with the specified statistic.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Threshold *float64

	// Specifies how missing data points are treated when evaluating the alarm's
	// condition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TreatMissingData CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData

	// The number of datapoints within the evaluation period that must be breaching to
	// trigger the alarm.
	DatapointsToAlarm *int32

	// A resource's optional description.
	Description *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	ModifiedAt *time.Time

	// Represents the tags associated with a resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateSummary

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType string
const (
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeCloudfrontDistribution     CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "CLOUDFRONT_DISTRIBUTION"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMedialiveMultiplex         CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIALIVE_MULTIPLEX"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMedialiveChannel           CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIALIVE_CHANNEL"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMedialiveInputDevice       CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIALIVE_INPUT_DEVICE"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMediapackageChannel        CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIAPACKAGE_CHANNEL"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMediapackageOriginEndpoint CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIAPACKAGE_ORIGIN_ENDPOINT"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeMediaconnectFlow           CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "MEDIACONNECT_FLOW"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceTypeS3Bucket                   CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType = "S3_BUCKET"
)

Enum values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType) Values() []CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType

Values returns all known values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTargetResourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData added in v1.51.0 

type CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData string
const (
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingDataNotBreaching CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData = "notBreaching"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingDataBreaching    CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData = "breaching"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingDataIgnore       CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData = "ignore"
	CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingDataMissing      CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData = "missing"
)

Enum values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData) Values() []CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData

Values returns all known values for CloudWatchAlarmTemplateTreatMissingData. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafIngestGroupSettings added in v1.50.0 

type CmafIngestGroupSettings struct {

	// A HTTP destination for the tracks
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the
	// output.
	NielsenId3Behavior CmafNielsenId3Behavior

	// Type of scte35 track to add. none or scte35WithoutSegmentation
	Scte35Type Scte35Type

	// The nominal duration of segments. The units are specified in
	// SegmentLengthUnits. The segments will end on the next keyframe after the
	// specified duration, so the actual segment length might be longer, and it might
	// be a fraction of the units.
	SegmentLength *int32

	// Time unit for segment length parameter.
	SegmentLengthUnits CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits

	// Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
	SendDelayMs *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Cmaf Ingest Group Settings

type CmafIngestOutputSettings added in v1.50.0 

type CmafIngestOutputSettings struct {

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
	// multiple outputs of the same type.
	NameModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Cmaf Ingest Output Settings

type CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits added in v1.50.0 

type CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits string
const (
	CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnitsMilliseconds CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits = "MILLISECONDS"
	CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnitsSeconds      CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits

func (CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits) Values() []CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits

Values returns all known values for CmafIngestSegmentLengthUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafNielsenId3Behavior added in v1.50.0 

type CmafNielsenId3Behavior string
const (
	CmafNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough CmafNielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	CmafNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough   CmafNielsenId3Behavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for CmafNielsenId3Behavior

func (CmafNielsenId3Behavior) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (CmafNielsenId3Behavior) Values() []CmafNielsenId3Behavior

Values returns all known values for CmafNielsenId3Behavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorCorrection added in v1.43.0 

type ColorCorrection struct {

	// The color space of the input.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputColorSpace ColorSpace

	// The color space of the output.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputColorSpace ColorSpace

	// The URI of the 3D LUT file. The protocol must be 's3:' or 's3ssl:':.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Uri *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Property of ColorCorrectionSettings. Used for custom color space conversion. The object identifies one 3D LUT file and specifies the input/output color space combination that the file will be used for.

type ColorCorrectionSettings added in v1.43.0 

type ColorCorrectionSettings struct {

	// An array of colorCorrections that applies when you are using 3D LUT files to
	// perform color conversion on video. Each colorCorrection contains one 3D LUT file
	// (that defines the color mapping for converting an input color space to an output
	// color space), and the input/output combination that this 3D LUT file applies to.
	// MediaLive reads the color space in the input metadata, determines the color
	// space that you have specified for the output, and finds and uses the LUT file
	// that applies to this combination.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GlobalColorCorrections []ColorCorrection
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Property of encoderSettings. Controls color conversion when you are using 3D LUT files to perform color conversion on video.

type ColorSpace added in v1.43.0 

type ColorSpace string
const (
	ColorSpaceHdr10   ColorSpace = "HDR10"
	ColorSpaceHlg2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
	ColorSpaceRec601  ColorSpace = "REC_601"
	ColorSpaceRec709  ColorSpace = "REC_709"
)

Enum values for ColorSpace

func (ColorSpace) Values added in v1.43.0 

func (ColorSpace) Values() []ColorSpace

Values returns all known values for ColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings 

type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output

type ConflictException 

type ConflictException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for ConflictException

func (*ConflictException) Error 

func (e *ConflictException) Error() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ConflictException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string

type ContentType 

type ContentType string
const (
	ContentTypeImageJpeg ContentType = "image/jpeg"
)

Enum values for ContentType

func (ContentType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ContentType) Values() []ContentType

Values returns all known values for ContentType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashRoleAudio added in v1.50.0 

type DashRoleAudio string
const (
	DashRoleAudioAlternate                    DashRoleAudio = "ALTERNATE"
	DashRoleAudioCommentary                   DashRoleAudio = "COMMENTARY"
	DashRoleAudioDescription                  DashRoleAudio = "DESCRIPTION"
	DashRoleAudioDub                          DashRoleAudio = "DUB"
	DashRoleAudioEmergency                    DashRoleAudio = "EMERGENCY"
	DashRoleAudioEnhancedAudioIntelligibility DashRoleAudio = "ENHANCED-AUDIO-INTELLIGIBILITY"
	DashRoleAudioKaraoke                      DashRoleAudio = "KARAOKE"
	DashRoleAudioMain                         DashRoleAudio = "MAIN"
	DashRoleAudioSupplementary                DashRoleAudio = "SUPPLEMENTARY"
)

Enum values for DashRoleAudio

func (DashRoleAudio) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (DashRoleAudio) Values() []DashRoleAudio

Values returns all known values for DashRoleAudio. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashRoleCaption added in v1.50.0 

type DashRoleCaption string
const (
	DashRoleCaptionAlternate      DashRoleCaption = "ALTERNATE"
	DashRoleCaptionCaption        DashRoleCaption = "CAPTION"
	DashRoleCaptionCommentary     DashRoleCaption = "COMMENTARY"
	DashRoleCaptionDescription    DashRoleCaption = "DESCRIPTION"
	DashRoleCaptionDub            DashRoleCaption = "DUB"
	DashRoleCaptionEasyreader     DashRoleCaption = "EASYREADER"
	DashRoleCaptionEmergency      DashRoleCaption = "EMERGENCY"
	DashRoleCaptionForcedSubtitle DashRoleCaption = "FORCED-SUBTITLE"
	DashRoleCaptionKaraoke        DashRoleCaption = "KARAOKE"
	DashRoleCaptionMain           DashRoleCaption = "MAIN"
	DashRoleCaptionMetadata       DashRoleCaption = "METADATA"
	DashRoleCaptionSubtitle       DashRoleCaption = "SUBTITLE"
	DashRoleCaptionSupplementary  DashRoleCaption = "SUPPLEMENTARY"
)

Enum values for DashRoleCaption

func (DashRoleCaption) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (DashRoleCaption) Values() []DashRoleCaption

Values returns all known values for DashRoleCaption. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeviceSettingsSyncState 

type DeviceSettingsSyncState string
const (
	DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced  DeviceSettingsSyncState = "SYNCED"
	DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing DeviceSettingsSyncState = "SYNCING"
)

Enum values for DeviceSettingsSyncState

func (DeviceSettingsSyncState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeviceSettingsSyncState) Values() []DeviceSettingsSyncState

Values returns all known values for DeviceSettingsSyncState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeviceUpdateStatus added in v0.30.0 

type DeviceUpdateStatus string
const (
	DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate    DeviceUpdateStatus = "UP_TO_DATE"
	DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate DeviceUpdateStatus = "NOT_UP_TO_DATE"
	DeviceUpdateStatusUpdating    DeviceUpdateStatus = "UPDATING"
)

Enum values for DeviceUpdateStatus

func (DeviceUpdateStatus) Values added in v0.30.0 

func (DeviceUpdateStatus) Values() []DeviceUpdateStatus

Values returns all known values for DeviceUpdateStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyEProgramSelection added in v1.27.0 

type DolbyEProgramSelection string
const (
	DolbyEProgramSelectionAllChannels DolbyEProgramSelection = "ALL_CHANNELS"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram1    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_1"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram2    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_2"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram3    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_3"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram4    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_4"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram5    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_5"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram6    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_6"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram7    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_7"
	DolbyEProgramSelectionProgram8    DolbyEProgramSelection = "PROGRAM_8"
)

Enum values for DolbyEProgramSelection

func (DolbyEProgramSelection) Values added in v1.27.0 

func (DolbyEProgramSelection) Values() []DolbyEProgramSelection

Values returns all known values for DolbyEProgramSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyVision81Settings added in v1.23.0 

type DolbyVision81Settings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dolby Vision81 Settings

type DvbDashAccessibility added in v1.50.0 

type DvbDashAccessibility string
const (
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash1VisuallyImpaired       DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_1_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash2HardOfHearing          DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_2_HARD_OF_HEARING"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash3SupplementalCommentary DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_3_SUPPLEMENTAL_COMMENTARY"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash4DirectorsCommentary    DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_4_DIRECTORS_COMMENTARY"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash5EducationalNotes       DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_5_EDUCATIONAL_NOTES"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash6MainProgram            DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_6_MAIN_PROGRAM"
	DvbDashAccessibilityDvbdash7CleanFeed              DvbDashAccessibility = "DVBDASH_7_CLEAN_FEED"
)

Enum values for DvbDashAccessibility

func (DvbDashAccessibility) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (DvbDashAccessibility) Values() []DvbDashAccessibility

Values returns all known values for DvbDashAccessibility. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbNitSettings 

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkId *int32

	// The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NetworkName *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Network Information Table (NIT)

type DvbSdtOutputSdt 

type DvbSdtOutputSdt string
const (
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow          DvbSdtOutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent DvbSdtOutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual          DvbSdtOutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL"
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone            DvbSdtOutputSdt = "SDT_NONE"
)

Enum values for DvbSdtOutputSdt

func (DvbSdtOutputSdt) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSdtOutputSdt) Values() []DvbSdtOutputSdt

Values returns all known values for DvbSdtOutputSdt. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSdtSettings 

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow
	// setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The
	// sdtFollowIfPresent setting copies SDT information from input stream to output
	// stream if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back
	// on the user-defined values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT
	// information. The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT
	// information.
	OutputSdt DvbSdtOutputSdt

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int32

	// The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string

	// The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Service Description Table (SDT)

type DvbSubDestinationAlignment 

type DvbSubDestinationAlignment string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered DvbSubDestinationAlignment = "CENTERED"
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft     DvbSubDestinationAlignment = "LEFT"
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart    DvbSubDestinationAlignment = "SMART"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationAlignment

func (DvbSubDestinationAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationAlignment) Values() []DvbSubDestinationAlignment

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor 

type DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone  DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor

func (DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor) Values() []DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubDestinationFontColor 

type DvbSubDestinationFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack  DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue   DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen  DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed    DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "RED"
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite  DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "YELLOW"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationFontColor

func (DvbSubDestinationFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationFontColor) Values() []DvbSubDestinationFontColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor 

type DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack  DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue   DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen  DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed    DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "RED"
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite  DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor

func (DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor) Values() []DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings 

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the
	// font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and
	// center-justify pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	Alignment DvbSubDestinationAlignment

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0
	// (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int32

	// External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' or
	// 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types of
	// input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
	// Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
	// of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Font *InputLocation

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor DvbSubDestinationFontColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int32

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int32

	// When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
	// Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize *string

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that
	// are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	OutlineColor DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are
	// already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineSize *int32

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor DvbSubDestinationShadowColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int32

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int32

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int32

	// Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output
	// subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in
	// outputs.
	TeletextGridControl DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. This
	// option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int32

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels
	// from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, the caption
	// will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option is not valid
	// for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source
	// settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	YPosition *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dvb Sub Destination Settings

type DvbSubDestinationShadowColor 

type DvbSubDestinationShadowColor string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack DvbSubDestinationShadowColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone  DvbSubDestinationShadowColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite DvbSubDestinationShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationShadowColor

func (DvbSubDestinationShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationShadowColor) Values() []DvbSubDestinationShadowColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl 

type DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl string
const (
	DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed  DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl = "FIXED"
	DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl = "SCALED"
)

Enum values for DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl

func (DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl) Values() []DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl

Values returns all known values for DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubOcrLanguage added in v1.7.0 

type DvbSubOcrLanguage string
const (
	DvbSubOcrLanguageDeu DvbSubOcrLanguage = "DEU"
	DvbSubOcrLanguageEng DvbSubOcrLanguage = "ENG"
	DvbSubOcrLanguageFra DvbSubOcrLanguage = "FRA"
	DvbSubOcrLanguageNld DvbSubOcrLanguage = "NLD"
	DvbSubOcrLanguagePor DvbSubOcrLanguage = "POR"
	DvbSubOcrLanguageSpa DvbSubOcrLanguage = "SPA"
)

Enum values for DvbSubOcrLanguage

func (DvbSubOcrLanguage) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (DvbSubOcrLanguage) Values() []DvbSubOcrLanguage

Values returns all known values for DvbSubOcrLanguage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubSourceSettings 

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption
	// selector, use this field to provide the language to consider when translating
	// the image-based source to text.
	OcrLanguage DvbSubOcrLanguage

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
	// content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
	// regardless of selectors.
	Pid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dvb Sub Source Settings

type DvbTdtSettings 

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Time and Date Table (SDT)

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode added in v1.23.0 

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_7_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values added in v1.23.0 

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosCodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDrcLine added in v1.23.0 

type Eac3AtmosDrcLine string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineNone          Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDrcLineSpeech        Eac3AtmosDrcLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDrcLine

func (Eac3AtmosDrcLine) Values added in v1.23.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDrcLine) Values() []Eac3AtmosDrcLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDrcLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDrcRf added in v1.23.0 

type Eac3AtmosDrcRf string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfNone          Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDrcRfSpeech        Eac3AtmosDrcRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDrcRf

func (Eac3AtmosDrcRf) Values added in v1.23.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDrcRf) Values() []Eac3AtmosDrcRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDrcRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSettings added in v1.23.0 

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. // *
	// @affectsRightSizing true
	Bitrate *float64

	// Dolby Digital Plus with Dolby Atmos coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. Default 23.
	Dialnorm *int32

	// Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
	DrcLine Eac3AtmosDrcLine

	// Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that the
	// instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
	DrcRf Eac3AtmosDrcRf

	// Height dimensional trim. Sets the maximum amount to attenuate the height
	// channels when the downstream player isn??t configured to handle Dolby Digital
	// Plus with Dolby Atmos and must remix the channels.
	HeightTrim *float64

	// Surround dimensional trim. Sets the maximum amount to attenuate the surround
	// channels when the downstream player isn't configured to handle Dolby Digital
	// Plus with Dolby Atmos and must remix the channels.
	SurroundTrim *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Eac3 Atmos Settings

type Eac3AttenuationControl 

type Eac3AttenuationControl string
const (
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone         Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values() []Eac3AttenuationControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3AttenuationControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3BitstreamMode 

type Eac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Eac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3CodingMode 

type Eac3CodingMode string
const (
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Enum values for Eac3CodingMode

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values() []Eac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DcFilter 

type Eac3DcFilter string
const (
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled  Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3DcFilter

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values() []Eac3DcFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3DcFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DrcLine 

type Eac3DrcLine string
const (
	Eac3DrcLineFilmLight     Eac3DrcLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard  Eac3DrcLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DrcLineMusicLight    Eac3DrcLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard Eac3DrcLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DrcLineNone          Eac3DrcLine = "NONE"
	Eac3DrcLineSpeech        Eac3DrcLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DrcLine

func (Eac3DrcLine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DrcLine) Values() []Eac3DrcLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3DrcLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DrcRf 

type Eac3DrcRf string
const (
	Eac3DrcRfFilmLight     Eac3DrcRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard  Eac3DrcRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DrcRfMusicLight    Eac3DrcRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard Eac3DrcRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DrcRfNone          Eac3DrcRf = "NONE"
	Eac3DrcRfSpeech        Eac3DrcRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DrcRf

func (Eac3DrcRf) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DrcRf) Values() []Eac3DrcRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3DrcRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeControl 

type Eac3LfeControl string
const (
	Eac3LfeControlLfe   Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeControl

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values() []Eac3LfeControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeFilter 

type Eac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled  Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values() []Eac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3MetadataControl 

type Eac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values() []Eac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PassthroughControl 

type Eac3PassthroughControl string
const (
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible  Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
)

Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values() []Eac3PassthroughControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PassthroughControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PhaseControl 

type Eac3PhaseControl string
const (
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift        Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
)

Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values() []Eac3PhaseControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PhaseControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3Settings 

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
	Bitrate *float64

	// Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC
	// A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
	BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3CodingMode

	// When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter Eac3DcFilter

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int32

	// Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
	DrcLine Eac3DrcLine

	// Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that the
	// instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
	DrcRf Eac3DrcRf

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel
	LfeControl Eac3LfeControl

	// When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to
	// encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode.
	LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter

	// Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl

	// When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+
	// output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl

	// When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround
	// channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl

	// Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is
	// matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the
	// two channels.
	SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Eac3 Settings

type Eac3StereoDownmix 

type Eac3StereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT"
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values() []Eac3StereoDownmix

Values returns all known values for Eac3StereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundExMode 

type Eac3SurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundExMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundMode 

type Eac3SurroundMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EbuTtDDestinationSettings 

type EbuTtDDestinationSettings struct {

	// Complete this field if you want to include the name of the copyright holder in
	// the copyright tag in the captions metadata.
	CopyrightHolder *string

	// Specifies how to handle the gap between the lines (in multi-line captions).
	//   - enabled: Fill with the captions background color (as specified in the input
	//   captions).
	//   - disabled: Leave the gap unfilled.
	FillLineGap EbuTtDFillLineGapControl

	// Specifies the font family to include in the font data attached to the EBU-TT
	// captions. Valid only if styleControl is set to include. If you leave this field
	// empty, the font family is set to "monospaced". (If styleControl is set to
	// exclude, the font family is always set to "monospaced".) You specify only the
	// font family. All other style information (color, bold, position and so on) is
	// copied from the input captions. The size is always set to 100% to allow the
	// downstream player to choose the size.
	//   - Enter a list of font families, as a comma-separated list of font names, in
	//   order of preference. The name can be a font family (such as “Arial”), or a
	//   generic font family (such as “serif”), or “default” (to let the downstream
	//   player choose the font).
	//   - Leave blank to set the family to “monospace”.
	FontFamily *string

	// Specifies the style information (font color, font position, and so on) to
	// include in the font data that is attached to the EBU-TT captions.
	//   - include: Take the style information (font color, font position, and so on)
	//   from the source captions and include that information in the font data attached
	//   to the EBU-TT captions. This option is valid only if the source captions are
	//   Embedded or Teletext.
	//   - exclude: In the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions, set the font
	//   family to "monospaced". Do not include any other style information.
	StyleControl EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ebu Tt DDestination Settings

type EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl 

type EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl string
const (
	EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl = "EXCLUDE"
	EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl

func (EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl) Values() []EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl

Values returns all known values for EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EbuTtDFillLineGapControl 

type EbuTtDFillLineGapControl string
const (
	EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled EbuTtDFillLineGapControl = "DISABLED"
	EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled  EbuTtDFillLineGapControl = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for EbuTtDFillLineGapControl

func (EbuTtDFillLineGapControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EbuTtDFillLineGapControl) Values() []EbuTtDFillLineGapControl

Values returns all known values for EbuTtDFillLineGapControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
const (
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled  EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values() []EmbeddedConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Destination Settings

type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings

type EmbeddedScte20Detection 

type EmbeddedScte20Detection string
const (
	EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto EmbeddedScte20Detection = "AUTO"
	EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff  EmbeddedScte20Detection = "OFF"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedScte20Detection

func (EmbeddedScte20Detection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedScte20Detection) Values() []EmbeddedScte20Detection

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedScte20Detection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedSourceSettings 

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes"
	// fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in
	// the source content will be discarded.
	Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708

	// Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20
	// and Embedded captions.
	Scte20Detection EmbeddedScte20Detection

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int32

	// This field is unused and deprecated.
	Source608TrackNumber *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Source Settings

type EncoderSettings 

type EncoderSettings struct {

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfAudioDescription
	//
	// This member is required.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfOutputGroup
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfVideoDescription
	//
	// This member is required.
	VideoDescriptions []VideoDescription

	// Settings for ad avail blanking.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion.
	AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration

	// Settings for blackout slate.
	BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate

	// Settings for caption decriptions
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription

	// Color Correction Settings
	ColorCorrectionSettings *ColorCorrectionSettings

	// Feature Activations
	FeatureActivations *FeatureActivations

	// Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole.
	GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration

	// Settings for motion graphics.
	MotionGraphicsConfiguration *MotionGraphicsConfiguration

	// Nielsen configuration settings.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Thumbnail configuration settings.
	ThumbnailConfiguration *ThumbnailConfiguration
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Encoder Settings

type EpochLockingSettings added in v1.36.0 

type EpochLockingSettings struct {

	// Optional. Enter a value here to use a custom epoch, instead of the standard
	// epoch (which started at 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC). Specify the start time of the
	// custom epoch, in YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS in UTC. The time must be
	// 2000-01-01T00:00:00 or later. Always set the MM:SS portion to 00:00.
	CustomEpoch *string

	// Optional. Enter a time for the jam sync. The default is midnight UTC. When
	// epoch locking is enabled, MediaLive performs a daily jam sync on every output
	// encode to ensure timecodes don’t diverge from the wall clock. The jam sync
	// applies only to encodes with frame rate of 29.97 or 59.94 FPS. To override,
	// enter a time in HH:MM:SS in UTC. Always set the MM:SS portion to 00:00.
	JamSyncTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Epoch Locking Settings

type Esam added in v1.24.0 

type Esam struct {

	// Sent as acquisitionPointIdentity to identify the MediaLive channel to the POIS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AcquisitionPointId *string

	// The URL of the signal conditioner endpoint on the Placement Opportunity
	// Information System (POIS). MediaLive sends SignalProcessingEvents here when
	// SCTE-35 messages are read.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoisEndpoint *string

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply
	// to OOB messages.
	AdAvailOffset *int32

	// Documentation update needed
	PasswordParam *string

	// Documentation update needed
	Username *string

	// Optional data sent as zoneIdentity to identify the MediaLive channel to the
	// POIS.
	ZoneIdentity *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Esam

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType added in v1.51.0 

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType string
const (
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMedialiveMultiplexAlert             EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIALIVE_MULTIPLEX_ALERT"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMedialiveMultiplexStateChange       EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIALIVE_MULTIPLEX_STATE_CHANGE"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMedialiveChannelAlert               EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIALIVE_CHANNEL_ALERT"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMedialiveChannelInputChange         EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIALIVE_CHANNEL_INPUT_CHANGE"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMedialiveChannelStateChange         EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIALIVE_CHANNEL_STATE_CHANGE"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediapackageInputNotification       EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIAPACKAGE_INPUT_NOTIFICATION"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediapackageKeyProviderNotification EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIAPACKAGE_KEY_PROVIDER_NOTIFICATION"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediapackageHarvestJobNotification  EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIAPACKAGE_HARVEST_JOB_NOTIFICATION"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeSignalMapActiveAlarm                EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "SIGNAL_MAP_ACTIVE_ALARM"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediaconnectAlert                   EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIACONNECT_ALERT"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediaconnectSourceHealth            EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIACONNECT_SOURCE_HEALTH"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediaconnectOutputHealth            EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIACONNECT_OUTPUT_HEALTH"
	EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventTypeMediaconnectFlowStatusChange        EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType = "MEDIACONNECT_FLOW_STATUS_CHANGE"
)

Enum values for EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType

func (EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType) Values() []EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType

Values returns all known values for EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateGroupSummary added in v1.51.0 

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateGroupSummary struct {

	// An eventbridge rule template group's ARN (Amazon Resource Name)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	//
	// This member is required.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An eventbridge rule template group's id. AWS provided template groups have ids
	// that start with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// A resource's name. Names must be unique within the scope of a resource type in
	// a specific region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The number of templates in a group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TemplateCount *int32

	// A resource's optional description.
	Description *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	ModifiedAt *time.Time

	// Represents the tags associated with a resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for EventBridgeRuleTemplateGroupSummary

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateSummary added in v1.51.0 

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateSummary struct {

	// An eventbridge rule template's ARN (Amazon Resource Name)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	//
	// This member is required.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// The number of targets configured to send matching events.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EventTargetCount *int32

	// The type of event to match with the rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EventType EventBridgeRuleTemplateEventType

	// An eventbridge rule template group's id. AWS provided template groups have ids
	// that start with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupId *string

	// An eventbridge rule template's id. AWS provided templates have ids that start
	// with aws-
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// A resource's name. Names must be unique within the scope of a resource type in
	// a specific region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A resource's optional description.
	Description *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	ModifiedAt *time.Time

	// Represents the tags associated with a resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for EventBridgeRuleTemplateSummary

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateTarget added in v1.51.0 

type EventBridgeRuleTemplateTarget struct {

	// Target ARNs must be either an SNS topic or CloudWatch log group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The target to which to send matching events.

type FailoverCondition added in v0.29.0 

type FailoverCondition struct {

	// Failover condition type-specific settings.
	FailoverConditionSettings *FailoverConditionSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Failover Condition settings. There can be multiple failover conditions inside AutomaticInputFailoverSettings.

type FailoverConditionSettings added in v0.29.0 

type FailoverConditionSettings struct {

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent for
	// the specified period.
	AudioSilenceSettings *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input for
	// the specified period.
	InputLossSettings *InputLossFailoverSettings

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the
	// specified period.
	VideoBlackSettings *VideoBlackFailoverSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for one failover condition.

type FeatureActivations 

type FeatureActivations struct {

	// Enables the Input Prepare feature. You can create Input Prepare actions in the
	// schedule only if this feature is enabled. If you disable the feature on an
	// existing schedule, make sure that you first delete all input prepare actions
	// from the schedule.
	InputPrepareScheduleActions FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions

	// Enables the output static image overlay feature. Enabling this feature allows
	// you to send channel schedule updates to display/clear/modify image overlays on
	// an output-by-output bases.
	OutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Feature Activations

type FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions 

type FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions string
const (
	FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions = "DISABLED"
	FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled  FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions

func (FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions) Values() []FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions

Values returns all known values for FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions added in v1.41.0 

type FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions string
const (
	FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActionsDisabled FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions = "DISABLED"
	FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActionsEnabled  FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions

func (FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions) Values added in v1.41.0 

func (FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions) Values() []FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions

Values returns all known values for FeatureActivationsOutputStaticImageOverlayScheduleActions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FecOutputIncludeFec 

type FecOutputIncludeFec string
const (
	FecOutputIncludeFecColumn       FecOutputIncludeFec = "COLUMN"
	FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow FecOutputIncludeFec = "COLUMN_AND_ROW"
)

Enum values for FecOutputIncludeFec

func (FecOutputIncludeFec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FecOutputIncludeFec) Values() []FecOutputIncludeFec

Values returns all known values for FecOutputIncludeFec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FecOutputSettings 

type FecOutputSettings struct {

	// Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The
	// number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must be
	// between 4 and 20, inclusive.
	ColumnDepth *int32

	// Enables column only or column and row based FEC
	IncludeFec FecOutputIncludeFec

	// Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must be
	// between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values
	// increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport
	// stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between 4
	// and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, this
	// value must be 1 to 20, inclusive.
	RowLength *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Fec Output Settings

type FixedAfd 

type FixedAfd string
const (
	FixedAfdAfd0000 FixedAfd = "AFD_0000"
	FixedAfdAfd0010 FixedAfd = "AFD_0010"
	FixedAfdAfd0011 FixedAfd = "AFD_0011"
	FixedAfdAfd0100 FixedAfd = "AFD_0100"
	FixedAfdAfd1000 FixedAfd = "AFD_1000"
	FixedAfdAfd1001 FixedAfd = "AFD_1001"
	FixedAfdAfd1010 FixedAfd = "AFD_1010"
	FixedAfdAfd1011 FixedAfd = "AFD_1011"
	FixedAfdAfd1101 FixedAfd = "AFD_1101"
	FixedAfdAfd1110 FixedAfd = "AFD_1110"
	FixedAfdAfd1111 FixedAfd = "AFD_1111"
)

Enum values for FixedAfd

func (FixedAfd) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FixedAfd) Values() []FixedAfd

Values returns all known values for FixedAfd. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings 

type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the action
	// to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule
	// immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits
	// (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and "Z"
	// for "UTC format".
	//
	// This member is required.
	Time *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Start time for the action.

type Fmp4HlsSettings 

type Fmp4HlsSettings struct {

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all
	// the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the
	// output.
	NielsenId3Behavior Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Fmp4 Hls Settings

type Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior 

type Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior string
const (
	Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough   Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior

func (Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior) Values() []Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior

Values returns all known values for Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior 

type Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior string
const (
	Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough   Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior

func (Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior) Values() []Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior

Values returns all known values for Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings 

type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to the
	// end of the reference action.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FollowPoint FollowPoint

	// The action name of another action that this one refers to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReferenceActionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify if an action follows another.

type FollowPoint 

type FollowPoint string
const (
	FollowPointEnd   FollowPoint = "END"
	FollowPointStart FollowPoint = "START"
)

Enum values for FollowPoint

func (FollowPoint) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FollowPoint) Values() []FollowPoint

Values returns all known values for FollowPoint. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ForbiddenException 

type ForbiddenException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for ForbiddenException

func (*ForbiddenException) Error 

func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string

type FrameCaptureCdnSettings added in v1.2.0 

type FrameCaptureCdnSettings struct {

	// Frame Capture S3 Settings
	FrameCaptureS3Settings *FrameCaptureS3Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Cdn Settings

type FrameCaptureGroupSettings 

type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct {

	// The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon S3
	// bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example,
	// s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling-) or the URI for a MediaStore
	// container, plus a file name prefix (for example,
	// mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling-). The final file names consist
	// of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling-") + name
	// modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which is
	// always .jpg). For example, curling-low.00001.jpg
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	FrameCaptureCdnSettings *FrameCaptureCdnSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Group Settings

type FrameCaptureHlsSettings added in v1.2.0 

type FrameCaptureHlsSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Hls Settings

type FrameCaptureIntervalUnit 

type FrameCaptureIntervalUnit string
const (
	FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds FrameCaptureIntervalUnit = "MILLISECONDS"
	FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds      FrameCaptureIntervalUnit = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for FrameCaptureIntervalUnit

func (FrameCaptureIntervalUnit) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FrameCaptureIntervalUnit) Values() []FrameCaptureIntervalUnit

Values returns all known values for FrameCaptureIntervalUnit. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FrameCaptureOutputSettings 

type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct {

	// Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier forms
	// part of the output file name.
	NameModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Output Settings

type FrameCaptureS3Settings added in v1.2.0 

type FrameCaptureS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl S3CannedAcl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture S3 Settings

type FrameCaptureSettings 

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May be
	// specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by
	// captureIntervalUnits.
	CaptureInterval *int32

	// Unit for the frame capture interval.
	CaptureIntervalUnits FrameCaptureIntervalUnit

	// Timecode burn-in settings
	TimecodeBurninSettings *TimecodeBurninSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Settings

type GatewayTimeoutException 

type GatewayTimeoutException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for GatewayTimeoutException

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) Error 

func (e *GatewayTimeoutException) Error() string

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorCode 

func (e *GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorCode() string

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorFault 

func (e *GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *GatewayTimeoutException) ErrorMessage() string

type GlobalConfiguration 

type GlobalConfiguration struct {

	// Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event.
	InitialAudioGain *int32

	// Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g.
	// end-of-file). When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at
	// the beginning of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will
	// transcode either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the
	// "Input Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is
	// controlled through the Channel Schedule API).
	InputEndAction GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction

	// Settings for system actions when input is lost.
	InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior

	// Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized. PIPELINE_LOCKING -
	// MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.
	// EPOCH_LOCKING - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each
	// pipeline to the Unix epoch.
	OutputLockingMode GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode

	// Advanced output locking settings
	OutputLockingSettings *OutputLockingSettings

	// Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be
	// paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source via
	// NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing the input
	// stream.
	OutputTimingSource GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource

	// Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This is
	// commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame per
	// second.
	SupportLowFramerateInputs GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Global Configuration

type GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction 

type GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction string
const (
	GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone                GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction = "NONE"
	GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS"
)

Enum values for GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction

func (GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction) Values() []GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction

Values returns all known values for GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs 

type GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs string
const (
	GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs = "DISABLED"
	GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled  GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs

func (GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs) Values() []GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs

Values returns all known values for GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode 

type GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode string
const (
	GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking    GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode = "EPOCH_LOCKING"
	GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode = "PIPELINE_LOCKING"
)

Enum values for GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode

func (GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode) Values() []GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode

Values returns all known values for GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource 

type GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource string
const (
	GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock  GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource = "INPUT_CLOCK"
	GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource = "SYSTEM_CLOCK"
)

Enum values for GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource

func (GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource) Values() []GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource

Values returns all known values for GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264AdaptiveQuantization 

type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ColorMetadata 

type H264ColorMetadata string
const (
	H264ColorMetadataIgnore H264ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	H264ColorMetadataInsert H264ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for H264ColorMetadata

func (H264ColorMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ColorMetadata) Values() []H264ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for H264ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ColorSpaceSettings 

type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
	ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings

	// Rec601 Settings
	Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings

	// Rec709 Settings
	Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Color Space Settings

type H264EntropyEncoding 

type H264EntropyEncoding string
const (
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values() []H264EntropyEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264EntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FilterSettings 

type H264FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Filter Settings

type H264FlickerAq 

type H264FlickerAq string
const (
	H264FlickerAqDisabled H264FlickerAq = "DISABLED"
	H264FlickerAqEnabled  H264FlickerAq = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264FlickerAq

func (H264FlickerAq) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FlickerAq) Values() []H264FlickerAq

Values returns all known values for H264FlickerAq. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ForceFieldPictures 

type H264ForceFieldPictures string
const (
	H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled H264ForceFieldPictures = "DISABLED"
	H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled  H264ForceFieldPictures = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264ForceFieldPictures

func (H264ForceFieldPictures) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ForceFieldPictures) Values() []H264ForceFieldPictures

Values returns all known values for H264ForceFieldPictures. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateControl 

type H264FramerateControl string
const (
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264FramerateControlSpecified            H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateControl

func (H264FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FramerateControl) Values() []H264FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopBReference 

type H264GopBReference string
const (
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled  H264GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264GopBReference

func (H264GopBReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopBReference) Values() []H264GopBReference

Values returns all known values for H264GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopSizeUnits 

type H264GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames  H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values() []H264GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H264GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Level 

type H264Level string
const (
	H264LevelH264Level1    H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_1"
	H264LevelH264Level11   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_1_1"
	H264LevelH264Level12   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_1_2"
	H264LevelH264Level13   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_1_3"
	H264LevelH264Level2    H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_2"
	H264LevelH264Level21   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_2_1"
	H264LevelH264Level22   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_2_2"
	H264LevelH264Level3    H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_3"
	H264LevelH264Level31   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_3_1"
	H264LevelH264Level32   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_3_2"
	H264LevelH264Level4    H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_4"
	H264LevelH264Level41   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_4_1"
	H264LevelH264Level42   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_4_2"
	H264LevelH264Level5    H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_5"
	H264LevelH264Level51   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_5_1"
	H264LevelH264Level52   H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_5_2"
	H264LevelH264LevelAuto H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO"
)

Enum values for H264Level

func (H264Level) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Level) Values() []H264Level

Values returns all known values for H264Level. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264LookAheadRateControl 

type H264LookAheadRateControl string
const (
	H264LookAheadRateControlHigh   H264LookAheadRateControl = "HIGH"
	H264LookAheadRateControlLow    H264LookAheadRateControl = "LOW"
	H264LookAheadRateControlMedium H264LookAheadRateControl = "MEDIUM"
)

Enum values for H264LookAheadRateControl

func (H264LookAheadRateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264LookAheadRateControl) Values() []H264LookAheadRateControl

Values returns all known values for H264LookAheadRateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ParControl 

type H264ParControl string
const (
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264ParControlSpecified            H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264ParControl

func (H264ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ParControl) Values() []H264ParControl

Values returns all known values for H264ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Profile 

type H264Profile string
const (
	H264ProfileBaseline     H264Profile = "BASELINE"
	H264ProfileHigh         H264Profile = "HIGH"
	H264ProfileHigh10bit    H264Profile = "HIGH_10BIT"
	H264ProfileHigh422      H264Profile = "HIGH_422"
	H264ProfileHigh42210bit H264Profile = "HIGH_422_10BIT"
	H264ProfileMain         H264Profile = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H264Profile

func (H264Profile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Profile) Values() []H264Profile

Values returns all known values for H264Profile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QualityLevel 

type H264QualityLevel string
const (
	H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality H264QualityLevel = "ENHANCED_QUALITY"
	H264QualityLevelStandardQuality H264QualityLevel = "STANDARD_QUALITY"
)

Enum values for H264QualityLevel

func (H264QualityLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264QualityLevel) Values() []H264QualityLevel

Values returns all known values for H264QualityLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264RateControlMode 

type H264RateControlMode string
const (
	H264RateControlModeCbr       H264RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H264RateControlModeMultiplex H264RateControlMode = "MULTIPLEX"
	H264RateControlModeQvbr      H264RateControlMode = "QVBR"
	H264RateControlModeVbr       H264RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for H264RateControlMode

func (H264RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264RateControlMode) Values() []H264RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H264RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ScanType 

type H264ScanType string
const (
	H264ScanTypeInterlaced  H264ScanType = "INTERLACED"
	H264ScanTypeProgressive H264ScanType = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for H264ScanType

func (H264ScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ScanType) Values() []H264ScanType

Values returns all known values for H264ScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SceneChangeDetect 

type H264SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled  H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H264SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H264SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Settings 

type H264Settings struct {

	// Enables or disables adaptive quantization, which is a technique MediaLive can
	// apply to video on a frame-by-frame basis to produce more compression without
	// losing quality. There are three types of adaptive quantization: flicker,
	// spatial, and temporal. Set the field in one of these ways: Set to Auto.
	// Recommended. For each type of AQ, MediaLive will determine if AQ is needed, and
	// if so, the appropriate strength. Set a strength (a value other than Auto or
	// Disable). This strength will apply to any of the AQ fields that you choose to
	// enable. Set to Disabled to disable all types of adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization

	// Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If
	// afdSignaling is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in
	// cases where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value
	// will be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR or
	// CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must have a
	// unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	BufFillPct *int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
	BufSize *int32

	// Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
	ColorMetadata H264ColorMetadata

	// Color Space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc.
	EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding

	// Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
	FilterSettings *H264FilterSettings

	// Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. Only
	// valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
	FixedAfd FixedAfd

	// Flicker AQ makes adjustments within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on
	// I-frames. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the Adaptive
	// quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to Auto,
	// MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if flicker
	// AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have set the
	// Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to Enabled or
	// Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply flicker AQ using the specified strength.
	// Disabled: MediaLive won't apply flicker AQ. If you have set the Adaptive
	// quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field and doesn't
	// apply flicker AQ.
	FlickerAq H264FlickerAq

	// This setting applies only when scan type is "interlaced." It controls whether
	// coding is performed on a field basis or on a frame basis. (When the video is
	// progressive, the coding is always performed on a frame basis.) enabled: Force
	// MediaLive to code on a field basis, so that odd and even sets of fields are
	// coded separately. disabled: Code the two sets of fields separately (on a field
	// basis) or together (on a frame basis using PAFF), depending on what is most
	// appropriate for the content.
	ForceFieldPictures H264ForceFieldPictures

	// This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If
	// "specified" is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by
	// framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is
	// selected then the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video
	// frame rate of the first input.
	FramerateControl H264FramerateControl

	// Framerate denominator.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Documentation update needed
	GopBReference H264GopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as
	// quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	GopNumBFrames *int32

	// GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per
	// gopSizeUnits. If gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be
	// greater than or equal to 1. If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater
	// than 0, but need not be an integer.
	GopSize *float64

	// Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
	// system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits

	// H.264 Level.
	Level H264Level

	// Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
	// while high can produce better quality for certain content.
	LookAheadRateControl H264LookAheadRateControl

	// For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level For VBR: Set the maximum bitrate in
	// order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
	// multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
	// I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
	// I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
	// and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
	// lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next
	// GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumRefFrames *int32

	// This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If
	// "specified" is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined
	// by parNumerator and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected
	// then the output pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel
	// aspect ratio of the first input.
	ParControl H264ParControl

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// H.264 Profile.
	Profile H264Profile

	// Leave as STANDARD_QUALITY or choose a different value (which might result in
	// additional costs to run the channel).
	//   - ENHANCED_QUALITY: Produces a slightly better video quality without an
	//   increase in the bitrate. Has an effect only when the Rate control mode is QVBR
	//   or CBR. If this channel is in a MediaLive multiplex, the value must be
	//   ENHANCED_QUALITY.
	//   - STANDARD_QUALITY: Valid for any Rate control mode.
	QualityLevel H264QualityLevel

	// Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
	// control mode is QVBR. You can set a target quality or you can let MediaLive
	// determine the best quality. To set a target quality, enter values in the QVBR
	// quality level field and the Max bitrate field. Enter values that suit your most
	// important viewing devices. Recommended values are:
	//   - Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M
	//   - PC or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M
	//   - Smartphone: Quality level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M To let MediaLive
	//   decide, leave the QVBR quality level field empty, and in Max bitrate enter the
	//   maximum rate you want in the video. For more information, see the section called
	//   "Video - rate control mode" in the MediaLive user guide
	QvbrQualityLevel *int32

	// Rate control mode. QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
	// when it is constrained by the maximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
	// viewers pay for bandwidth. VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the video
	// complexity. Recommended instead of QVBR if you want to maintain a specific
	// average bitrate over the duration of the channel. CBR: Quality varies, depending
	// on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distribute your assets to
	// devices that cannot handle variable bitrates. Multiplex: This rate control mode
	// is only supported (and is required) when the video is being delivered to a
	// MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is controlled
	// by the properties within the Multiplex Program.
	RateControlMode H264RateControlMode

	// Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
	ScanType H264ScanType

	// Scene change detection.
	//   - On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.
	//   - Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected.
	SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. This field is optional; when
	// no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based on
	// encode resolution.
	Slices *int32

	// Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
	// in the encoded image. If not set to zero, must be greater than 15.
	Softness *int32

	// Spatial AQ makes adjustments within each frame based on spatial variation of
	// content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the
	// Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to
	// Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if
	// spatial AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have
	// set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to
	// Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply spatial AQ using the
	// specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply spatial AQ. If you have set
	// the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field
	// and doesn't apply spatial AQ.
	SpatialAq H264SpatialAq

	// If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic,
	// optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality.
	SubgopLength H264SubGopLength

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax H264Syntax

	// Temporal makes adjustments within each frame based on temporal variation of
	// content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the
	// Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to
	// Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if
	// temporal AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have
	// set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to
	// Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply temporal AQ using the
	// specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply temporal AQ. If you have set
	// the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field
	// and doesn't apply temporal AQ.
	TemporalAq H264TemporalAq

	// Timecode burn-in settings
	TimecodeBurninSettings *TimecodeBurninSettings

	// Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.
	//   - 'disabled': Do not include timecodes
	//   - 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture timing SEI messages from the source
	//   specified in Timecode Config
	TimecodeInsertion H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Settings

type H264SpatialAq 

type H264SpatialAq string
const (
	H264SpatialAqDisabled H264SpatialAq = "DISABLED"
	H264SpatialAqEnabled  H264SpatialAq = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SpatialAq

func (H264SpatialAq) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SpatialAq) Values() []H264SpatialAq

Values returns all known values for H264SpatialAq. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SubGopLength 

type H264SubGopLength string
const (
	H264SubGopLengthDynamic H264SubGopLength = "DYNAMIC"
	H264SubGopLengthFixed   H264SubGopLength = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for H264SubGopLength

func (H264SubGopLength) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SubGopLength) Values() []H264SubGopLength

Values returns all known values for H264SubGopLength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Syntax 

type H264Syntax string
const (
	H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	H264SyntaxRp2027  H264Syntax = "RP2027"
)

Enum values for H264Syntax

func (H264Syntax) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Syntax) Values() []H264Syntax

Values returns all known values for H264Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264TemporalAq 

type H264TemporalAq string
const (
	H264TemporalAqDisabled H264TemporalAq = "DISABLED"
	H264TemporalAqEnabled  H264TemporalAq = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264TemporalAq

func (H264TemporalAq) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264TemporalAq) Values() []H264TemporalAq

Values returns all known values for H264TemporalAq. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior 

type H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior string
const (
	H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled     H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"
	H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior

func (H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values() []H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior

Values returns all known values for H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AdaptiveQuantization 

type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AlternativeTransferFunction 

type H265AlternativeTransferFunction string
const (
	H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert H265AlternativeTransferFunction = "INSERT"
	H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit   H265AlternativeTransferFunction = "OMIT"
)

Enum values for H265AlternativeTransferFunction

func (H265AlternativeTransferFunction) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AlternativeTransferFunction) Values() []H265AlternativeTransferFunction

Values returns all known values for H265AlternativeTransferFunction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ColorMetadata 

type H265ColorMetadata string
const (
	H265ColorMetadataIgnore H265ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	H265ColorMetadataInsert H265ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for H265ColorMetadata

func (H265ColorMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265ColorMetadata) Values() []H265ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for H265ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ColorSpaceSettings 

type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
	ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings

	// Dolby Vision81 Settings
	DolbyVision81Settings *DolbyVision81Settings

	// Hdr10 Settings
	Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings

	// Rec601 Settings
	Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings

	// Rec709 Settings
	Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Color Space Settings

type H265FilterSettings 

type H265FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Filter Settings

type H265FlickerAq 

type H265FlickerAq string
const (
	H265FlickerAqDisabled H265FlickerAq = "DISABLED"
	H265FlickerAqEnabled  H265FlickerAq = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265FlickerAq

func (H265FlickerAq) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FlickerAq) Values() []H265FlickerAq

Values returns all known values for H265FlickerAq. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopSizeUnits 

type H265GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames  H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values() []H265GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H265GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Level 

type H265Level string
const (
	H265LevelH265Level1    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_1"
	H265LevelH265Level2    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_2"
	H265LevelH265Level21   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_2_1"
	H265LevelH265Level3    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_3"
	H265LevelH265Level31   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_3_1"
	H265LevelH265Level4    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_4"
	H265LevelH265Level41   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_4_1"
	H265LevelH265Level5    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_5"
	H265LevelH265Level51   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_5_1"
	H265LevelH265Level52   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_5_2"
	H265LevelH265Level6    H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_6"
	H265LevelH265Level61   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_6_1"
	H265LevelH265Level62   H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_6_2"
	H265LevelH265LevelAuto H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_AUTO"
)

Enum values for H265Level

func (H265Level) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Level) Values() []H265Level

Values returns all known values for H265Level. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265LookAheadRateControl 

type H265LookAheadRateControl string
const (
	H265LookAheadRateControlHigh   H265LookAheadRateControl = "HIGH"
	H265LookAheadRateControlLow    H265LookAheadRateControl = "LOW"
	H265LookAheadRateControlMedium H265LookAheadRateControl = "MEDIUM"
)

Enum values for H265LookAheadRateControl

func (H265LookAheadRateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265LookAheadRateControl) Values() []H265LookAheadRateControl

Values returns all known values for H265LookAheadRateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265MvOverPictureBoundaries added in v1.49.0 

type H265MvOverPictureBoundaries string
const (
	H265MvOverPictureBoundariesDisabled H265MvOverPictureBoundaries = "DISABLED"
	H265MvOverPictureBoundariesEnabled  H265MvOverPictureBoundaries = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265MvOverPictureBoundaries

func (H265MvOverPictureBoundaries) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (H265MvOverPictureBoundaries) Values() []H265MvOverPictureBoundaries

Values returns all known values for H265MvOverPictureBoundaries. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265MvTemporalPredictor added in v1.49.0 

type H265MvTemporalPredictor string
const (
	H265MvTemporalPredictorDisabled H265MvTemporalPredictor = "DISABLED"
	H265MvTemporalPredictorEnabled  H265MvTemporalPredictor = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265MvTemporalPredictor

func (H265MvTemporalPredictor) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (H265MvTemporalPredictor) Values() []H265MvTemporalPredictor

Values returns all known values for H265MvTemporalPredictor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Profile 

type H265Profile string
const (
	H265ProfileMain      H265Profile = "MAIN"
	H265ProfileMain10bit H265Profile = "MAIN_10BIT"
)

Enum values for H265Profile

func (H265Profile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Profile) Values() []H265Profile

Values returns all known values for H265Profile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265RateControlMode 

type H265RateControlMode string
const (
	H265RateControlModeCbr       H265RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H265RateControlModeMultiplex H265RateControlMode = "MULTIPLEX"
	H265RateControlModeQvbr      H265RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H265RateControlMode

func (H265RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265RateControlMode) Values() []H265RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H265RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ScanType 

type H265ScanType string
const (
	H265ScanTypeInterlaced  H265ScanType = "INTERLACED"
	H265ScanTypeProgressive H265ScanType = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for H265ScanType

func (H265ScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265ScanType) Values() []H265ScanType

Values returns all known values for H265ScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SceneChangeDetect 

type H265SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled  H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H265SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H265SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Settings 

type H265Settings struct {

	// Framerate denominator.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
	// quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization

	// Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If
	// afdSignaling is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in
	// cases where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value
	// will be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message
	// to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays.
	AlternativeTransferFunction H265AlternativeTransferFunction

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR or
	// CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must have a
	// unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
	BufSize *int32

	// Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
	ColorMetadata H265ColorMetadata

	// Color Space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings

	// Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
	FilterSettings *H265FilterSettings

	// Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. Only
	// valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
	FixedAfd FixedAfd

	// If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or
	// 'pop' on I-frames.
	FlickerAq H265FlickerAq

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as
	// quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per
	// gopSizeUnits. If gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be
	// greater than or equal to 1. If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater
	// than 0, but need not be an integer.
	GopSize *float64

	// Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
	// system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits

	// H.265 Level.
	Level H265Level

	// Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
	// while high can produce better quality for certain content.
	LookAheadRateControl H265LookAheadRateControl

	// For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
	// multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
	// I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
	// I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
	// and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
	// lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next
	// GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int32

	// If you are setting up the picture as a tile, you must set this to "disabled".
	// In all other configurations, you typically enter "enabled".
	MvOverPictureBoundaries H265MvOverPictureBoundaries

	// If you are setting up the picture as a tile, you must set this to "disabled".
	// In other configurations, you typically enter "enabled".
	MvTemporalPredictor H265MvTemporalPredictor

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// H.265 Profile.
	Profile H265Profile

	// Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
	// control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max
	// bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended values
	// are:
	//   - Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M
	//   - PC or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M
	//   - Smartphone: Quality level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
	QvbrQualityLevel *int32

	// Rate control mode. QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
	// when it is constrained by the maximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
	// viewers pay for bandwidth. CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video
	// complexity. Recommended only if you distribute your assets to devices that
	// cannot handle variable bitrates. Multiplex: This rate control mode is only
	// supported (and is required) when the video is being delivered to a MediaLive
	// Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is controlled by the
	// properties within the Multiplex Program.
	RateControlMode H265RateControlMode

	// Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
	ScanType H265ScanType

	// Scene change detection.
	SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. This field is optional; when
	// no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based on
	// encode resolution.
	Slices *int32

	// H.265 Tier.
	Tier H265Tier

	// Set this field to set up the picture as a tile. You must also set tileWidth.
	// The tile height must result in 22 or fewer rows in the frame. The tile width
	// must result in 20 or fewer columns in the frame. And finally, the product of the
	// column count and row count must be 64 of less. If the tile width and height are
	// specified, MediaLive will override the video codec slices field with a value
	// that MediaLive calculates
	TileHeight *int32

	// Set to "padded" to force MediaLive to add padding to the frame, to obtain a
	// frame that is a whole multiple of the tile size. If you are setting up the
	// picture as a tile, you must enter "padded". In all other configurations, you
	// typically enter "none".
	TilePadding H265TilePadding

	// Set this field to set up the picture as a tile. See tileHeight for more
	// information.
	TileWidth *int32

	// Timecode burn-in settings
	TimecodeBurninSettings *TimecodeBurninSettings

	// Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.
	//   - 'disabled': Do not include timecodes
	//   - 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture timing SEI messages from the source
	//   specified in Timecode Config
	TimecodeInsertion H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior

	// Select the tree block size used for encoding. If you enter "auto", the encoder
	// will pick the best size. If you are setting up the picture as a tile, you must
	// set this to 32x32. In all other configurations, you typically enter "auto".
	TreeblockSize H265TreeblockSize
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Settings

type H265Tier 

type H265Tier string
const (
	H265TierHigh H265Tier = "HIGH"
	H265TierMain H265Tier = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H265Tier

func (H265Tier) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Tier) Values() []H265Tier

Values returns all known values for H265Tier. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TilePadding added in v1.49.0 

type H265TilePadding string
const (
	H265TilePaddingNone   H265TilePadding = "NONE"
	H265TilePaddingPadded H265TilePadding = "PADDED"
)

Enum values for H265TilePadding

func (H265TilePadding) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (H265TilePadding) Values() []H265TilePadding

Values returns all known values for H265TilePadding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior 

type H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior string
const (
	H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled     H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"
	H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior

func (H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values() []H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior

Values returns all known values for H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TreeblockSize added in v1.49.0 

type H265TreeblockSize string
const (
	H265TreeblockSizeAuto          H265TreeblockSize = "AUTO"
	H265TreeblockSizeTreeSize32x32 H265TreeblockSize = "TREE_SIZE_32X32"
)

Enum values for H265TreeblockSize

func (H265TreeblockSize) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (H265TreeblockSize) Values() []H265TreeblockSize

Values returns all known values for H265TreeblockSize. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Hdr10Settings 

type Hdr10Settings struct {

	// Maximum Content Light Level An integer metadata value defining the maximum
	// light level, in nits, of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream or
	// file.
	MaxCll *int32

	// Maximum Frame Average Light Level An integer metadata value defining the
	// maximum average light level, in nits, for any single frame within an encoded HDR
	// video stream or file.
	MaxFall *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hdr10 Settings

type HlsAdMarkers 

type HlsAdMarkers string
const (
	HlsAdMarkersAdobe           HlsAdMarkers = "ADOBE"
	HlsAdMarkersElemental       HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL"
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for HlsAdMarkers

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values() []HlsAdMarkers

Values returns all known values for HlsAdMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode 

type HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode string
const (
	HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked    HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode = "CHUNKED"
	HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode = "NON_CHUNKED"
)

Enum values for HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode

func (HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode) Values() []HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode

Values returns all known values for HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAkamaiSettings 

type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the
	// connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int32

	// Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should
	// contact Akamai to enable this feature.
	HttpTransferMode HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an
	// error state. Applies only if the CDN destination URI begins with "s3" or
	// "mediastore". For other URIs, the value is always 3.
	NumRetries *int32

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int32

	// Salt for authenticated Akamai.
	Salt *string

	// Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, gda is used.
	Token *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Akamai Settings

type HlsBasicPutSettings 

type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the
	// connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int32

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an
	// error state. Applies only if the CDN destination URI begins with "s3" or
	// "mediastore". For other URIs, the value is always 3.
	NumRetries *int32

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Basic Put Settings

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting 

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
const (
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values() []HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCdnSettings 

type HlsCdnSettings struct {

	// Hls Akamai Settings
	HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings

	// Hls Basic Put Settings
	HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings

	// Hls Media Store Settings
	HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings

	// Hls S3 Settings
	HlsS3Settings *HlsS3Settings

	// Hls Webdav Settings
	HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Cdn Settings

type HlsClientCache 

type HlsClientCache string
const (
	HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"
	HlsClientCacheEnabled  HlsClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsClientCache

func (HlsClientCache) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsClientCache) Values() []HlsClientCache

Values returns all known values for HlsClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCodecSpecification 

type HlsCodecSpecification string
const (
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
)

Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values() []HlsCodecSpecification

Values returns all known values for HlsCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDirectoryStructure 

type HlsDirectoryStructure string
const (
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory       HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values() []HlsDirectoryStructure

Values returns all known values for HlsDirectoryStructure. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDiscontinuityTags added in v0.29.0 

type HlsDiscontinuityTags string
const (
	HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert      HlsDiscontinuityTags = "INSERT"
	HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert HlsDiscontinuityTags = "NEVER_INSERT"
)

Enum values for HlsDiscontinuityTags

func (HlsDiscontinuityTags) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsDiscontinuityTags) Values() []HlsDiscontinuityTags

Values returns all known values for HlsDiscontinuityTags. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsEncryptionType 

type HlsEncryptionType string
const (
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128    HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Enum values for HlsEncryptionType

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values() []HlsEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for HlsEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsGroupSettings 

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and
	// encryption keys (if enabled).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this group
	// of Apple HLS outputs.
	AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the
	// main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrlContent *string

	// Optional. One value per output group. This field is required only if you are
	// completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you that
	// the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different from
	// the media files for pipeline 0.
	BaseUrlContent1 *string

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the
	// main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrlManifest *string

	// Optional. One value per output group. Complete this field only if you are
	// completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you that
	// the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location
	// different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0.
	BaseUrlManifest1 *string

	// Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful if
	// captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert".
	CaptionLanguageMappings []CaptionLanguageMapping

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code
	// field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make
	// sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original
	// source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors
	// (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest
	// will not match up properly with the output captions. none: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line
	// from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

	// When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest,
	// which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay.
	ClientCache HlsClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification

	// For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented
	// by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this
	// parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption.
	ConstantIv *string

	// Place segments in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure

	// Specifies whether to insert EXT-X-DISCONTINUITY tags in the HLS child manifests
	// for this output group. Typically, choose Insert because these tags are required
	// in the manifest (according to the HLS specification) and serve an important
	// purpose. Choose Never Insert only if the downstream system is doing real-time
	// failover (without using the MediaLive automatic failover feature) and only if
	// that downstream system has advised you to exclude the tags.
	DiscontinuityTags HlsDiscontinuityTags

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter
	// if no encryption is desired.
	EncryptionType HlsEncryptionType

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings

	// State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging
	HlsId3SegmentTagging HlsId3SegmentTaggingState

	// DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master and
	// media manifests (according to the Output Selection field). STANDARD: Create an
	// I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as the other
	// manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame manifest
	// contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only, and one or
	// more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position. For example,
	// #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888"
	IFrameOnlyPlaylists IFrameOnlyPlaylistType

	// Specifies whether to include the final (incomplete) segment in the media output
	// when the pipeline stops producing output because of a channel stop, a channel
	// pause or a loss of input to the pipeline. Auto means that MediaLive decides
	// whether to include the final segment, depending on the channel class and the
	// types of output groups. Suppress means to never include the incomplete segment.
	// We recommend you choose Auto and let MediaLive control the behavior.
	IncompleteSegmentBehavior HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior

	// Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the maximum number of segments in
	// the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed from the
	// media manifest. This number must be smaller than the number in the Keep Segments
	// field.
	IndexNSegments *int32

	// Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
	InputLossAction InputLossActionForHlsOut

	// For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit number
	// used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to "include", IV
	// is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest.
	IvInManifest HlsIvInManifest

	// For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit number
	// used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting is
	// "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to match
	// the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a constantIv
	// value.
	IvSource HlsIvSource

	// Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the number of media segments to
	// retain in the destination directory. This number should be bigger than
	// indexNSegments (Num segments). We recommend (value = (2 x indexNsegments) + 1).
	// If this "keep segments" number is too low, the following might happen: the
	// player is still reading a media manifest file that lists this segment, but that
	// segment has been removed from the destination directory (as directed by
	// indexNSegments). This situation would result in a 404 HTTP error on the player.
	KeepSegments *int32

	// The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified by
	// the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used. A
	// reverse DNS string can also be given.
	KeyFormat *string

	// Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list of
	// version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string

	// The key provider settings.
	KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings

	// When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer
	// values for segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat

	// Minimum length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments in seconds. When set,
	// minimum segment length is enforced by looking ahead and back within the
	// specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed.
	MinSegmentLength *int32

	// If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination and
	// manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments and
	// indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which may
	// prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event. VOD
	// mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running,
	// converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream.
	Mode HlsMode

	// MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable,
	// and media manifests) for this output group. VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS:
	// Generates media manifests for this output group, but not a master manifest.
	// SEGMENTS_ONLY: Does not generate any manifests for this output group.
	OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The
	// value is calculated using the program date time clock.
	ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime

	// Specifies the algorithm used to drive the HLS EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME clock.
	// Options include: INITIALIZE_FROM_OUTPUT_TIMECODE: The PDT clock is initialized
	// as a function of the first output timecode, then incremented by the EXTINF
	// duration of each encoded segment. SYSTEM_CLOCK: The PDT clock is initialized as
	// a function of the UTC wall clock, then incremented by the EXTINF duration of
	// each encoded segment. If the PDT clock diverges from the wall clock by more than
	// 500ms, it is resynchronized to the wall clock.
	ProgramDateTimeClock HlsProgramDateTimeClock

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod *int32

	// ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes
	// information about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media
	// files of the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support
	// stale manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the
	// current manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two
	// master manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both
	// pipelines. DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes
	// information about its own pipeline only. For an HLS output group with
	// MediaPackage as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed.
	// MediaPackage regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant
	// manifest from MediaLive is irrelevant.
	RedundantManifest HlsRedundantManifest

	// Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create in seconds. Note that
	// segments will end on the next keyframe after this duration, so actual segment
	// length may be longer.
	SegmentLength *int32

	// useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is always
	// used.
	SegmentationMode HlsSegmentationMode

	// Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
	// directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have an
	// effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int32

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int32

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int32

	// SEGMENTED_FILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.
	// SINGLE_FILE: Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts
	// media file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments
	// for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to AWS
	// Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback
	// while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching.
	TsFileMode HlsTsFileMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Group Settings

type HlsH265PackagingType 

type HlsH265PackagingType string
const (
	HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 HlsH265PackagingType = "HEV1"
	HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 HlsH265PackagingType = "HVC1"
)

Enum values for HlsH265PackagingType

func (HlsH265PackagingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsH265PackagingType) Values() []HlsH265PackagingType

Values returns all known values for HlsH265PackagingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings 

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification:
	// http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
	Id3 *string

	// ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers to
	// substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html
	Tag *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to insert a user-defined ID3 tag in each HLS segment

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingState 

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingState string
const (
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled HlsId3SegmentTaggingState = "DISABLED"
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled  HlsId3SegmentTaggingState = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsId3SegmentTaggingState

func (HlsId3SegmentTaggingState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsId3SegmentTaggingState) Values() []HlsId3SegmentTaggingState

Values returns all known values for HlsId3SegmentTaggingState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior added in v0.29.0 

type HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior string
const (
	HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto     HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior = "AUTO"
	HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior = "SUPPRESS"
)

Enum values for HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior

func (HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior) Values() []HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior

Values returns all known values for HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsInputSettings 

type HlsInputSettings struct {

	// When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches
	// this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the m3u8
	// will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an HLS
	// manifest.
	Bandwidth *int32

	// When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments
	// from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS input
	// will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8.
	BufferSegments *int32

	// The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment
	// must fail before the input is considered unavailable.
	Retries *int32

	// The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest or
	// segment fails.
	RetryInterval *int32

	// Identifies the source for the SCTE-35 messages that MediaLive will ingest.
	// Messages can be ingested from the content segments (in the stream) or from tags
	// in the playlist (the HLS manifest). MediaLive ignores SCTE-35 information in the
	// source that is not selected.
	Scte35Source HlsScte35SourceType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Input Settings

type HlsIvInManifest 

type HlsIvInManifest string
const (
	HlsIvInManifestExclude HlsIvInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
	HlsIvInManifestInclude HlsIvInManifest = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsIvInManifest

func (HlsIvInManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsIvInManifest) Values() []HlsIvInManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsIvInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsIvSource 

type HlsIvSource string
const (
	HlsIvSourceExplicit             HlsIvSource = "EXPLICIT"
	HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber HlsIvSource = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER"
)

Enum values for HlsIvSource

func (HlsIvSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsIvSource) Values() []HlsIvSource

Values returns all known values for HlsIvSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestCompression 

type HlsManifestCompression string
const (
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestCompression

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values() []HlsManifestCompression

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestDurationFormat 

type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger       HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values() []HlsManifestDurationFormat

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsMediaStoreSettings 

type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the
	// connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int32

	// When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for
	// faster reading and writing.
	MediaStoreStorageClass HlsMediaStoreStorageClass

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an
	// error state. Applies only if the CDN destination URI begins with "s3" or
	// "mediastore". For other URIs, the value is always 3.
	NumRetries *int32

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Media Store Settings

type HlsMediaStoreStorageClass 

type HlsMediaStoreStorageClass string
const (
	HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal HlsMediaStoreStorageClass = "TEMPORAL"
)

Enum values for HlsMediaStoreStorageClass

func (HlsMediaStoreStorageClass) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsMediaStoreStorageClass) Values() []HlsMediaStoreStorageClass

Values returns all known values for HlsMediaStoreStorageClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsMode 

type HlsMode string
const (
	HlsModeLive HlsMode = "LIVE"
	HlsModeVod  HlsMode = "VOD"
)

Enum values for HlsMode

func (HlsMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsMode) Values() []HlsMode

Values returns all known values for HlsMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOutputSelection 

type HlsOutputSelection string
const (
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments        HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly                HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
	HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
)

Enum values for HlsOutputSelection

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values() []HlsOutputSelection

Values returns all known values for HlsOutputSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOutputSettings 

type HlsOutputSettings struct {

	// Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for
	// audio-only outputs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings

	// Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.
	// Specifies whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
	H265PackagingType HlsH265PackagingType

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts "Format
	// Identifiers":#formatIdentifierParameters.
	NameModifier *string

	// String concatenated to end of segment filenames.
	SegmentModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Output Settings

type HlsProgramDateTime 

type HlsProgramDateTime string
const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values() []HlsProgramDateTime

Values returns all known values for HlsProgramDateTime. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsProgramDateTimeClock added in v1.17.0 

type HlsProgramDateTimeClock string
const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeClockInitializeFromOutputTimecode HlsProgramDateTimeClock = "INITIALIZE_FROM_OUTPUT_TIMECODE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeClockSystemClock                  HlsProgramDateTimeClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTimeClock

func (HlsProgramDateTimeClock) Values added in v1.17.0 

func (HlsProgramDateTimeClock) Values() []HlsProgramDateTimeClock

Values returns all known values for HlsProgramDateTimeClock. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsRedundantManifest 

type HlsRedundantManifest string
const (
	HlsRedundantManifestDisabled HlsRedundantManifest = "DISABLED"
	HlsRedundantManifestEnabled  HlsRedundantManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsRedundantManifest

func (HlsRedundantManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsRedundantManifest) Values() []HlsRedundantManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsRedundantManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsS3Settings added in v1.2.0 

type HlsS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl S3CannedAcl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls S3 Settings

type HlsScte35SourceType added in v1.7.0 

type HlsScte35SourceType string
const (
	HlsScte35SourceTypeManifest HlsScte35SourceType = "MANIFEST"
	HlsScte35SourceTypeSegments HlsScte35SourceType = "SEGMENTS"
)

Enum values for HlsScte35SourceType

func (HlsScte35SourceType) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (HlsScte35SourceType) Values() []HlsScte35SourceType

Values returns all known values for HlsScte35SourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSegmentationMode 

type HlsSegmentationMode string
const (
	HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation HlsSegmentationMode = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"
	HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration   HlsSegmentationMode = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentationMode

func (HlsSegmentationMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsSegmentationMode) Values() []HlsSegmentationMode

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSettings 

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Audio Only Hls Settings
	AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings

	// Fmp4 Hls Settings
	Fmp4HlsSettings *Fmp4HlsSettings

	// Frame Capture Hls Settings
	FrameCaptureHlsSettings *FrameCaptureHlsSettings

	// Standard Hls Settings
	StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Settings

type HlsStreamInfResolution 

type HlsStreamInfResolution string
const (
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values() []HlsStreamInfResolution

Values returns all known values for HlsStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame 

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const (
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values() []HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

Values returns all known values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings 

type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification:
	// http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id3 *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata

type HlsTsFileMode 

type HlsTsFileMode string
const (
	HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles HlsTsFileMode = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
	HlsTsFileModeSingleFile     HlsTsFileMode = "SINGLE_FILE"
)

Enum values for HlsTsFileMode

func (HlsTsFileMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsTsFileMode) Values() []HlsTsFileMode

Values returns all known values for HlsTsFileMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode 

type HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode string
const (
	HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked    HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode = "CHUNKED"
	HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode = "NON_CHUNKED"
)

Enum values for HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode

func (HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode) Values() []HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode

Values returns all known values for HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsWebdavSettings 

type HlsWebdavSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the
	// connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int32

	// Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV.
	HttpTransferMode HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an
	// error state. Applies only if the CDN destination URI begins with "s3" or
	// "mediastore". For other URIs, the value is always 3.
	NumRetries *int32

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Webdav Settings

type HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.4.0 

type HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Html Motion Graphics Settings

type IFrameOnlyPlaylistType 

type IFrameOnlyPlaylistType string
const (
	IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled IFrameOnlyPlaylistType = "DISABLED"
	IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard IFrameOnlyPlaylistType = "STANDARD"
)

Enum values for IFrameOnlyPlaylistType

func (IFrameOnlyPlaylistType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (IFrameOnlyPlaylistType) Values() []IFrameOnlyPlaylistType

Values returns all known values for IFrameOnlyPlaylistType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings 

type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to configure an action so that it occurs as soon as possible.

type IncludeFillerNalUnits added in v1.35.0 

type IncludeFillerNalUnits string
const (
	IncludeFillerNalUnitsAuto    IncludeFillerNalUnits = "AUTO"
	IncludeFillerNalUnitsDrop    IncludeFillerNalUnits = "DROP"
	IncludeFillerNalUnitsInclude IncludeFillerNalUnits = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for IncludeFillerNalUnits

func (IncludeFillerNalUnits) Values added in v1.35.0 

func (IncludeFillerNalUnits) Values() []IncludeFillerNalUnits

Values returns all known values for IncludeFillerNalUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Input 

type Input struct {

	// The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
	Arn *string

	// A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input can
	// only be attached to one channel).
	AttachedChannels []string

	// A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
	Destinations []InputDestination

	// The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
	Id *string

	// STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If the
	// channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel is
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source will
	// always be ignored, even if the first source fails. SINGLE_PIPELINE - You can
	// connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this
	// value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
	InputClass InputClass

	// Settings for the input devices.
	InputDevices []InputDeviceSettings

	// A list of IDs for all Inputs which are partners of this one.
	InputPartnerIds []string

	// Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their
	// URL's dynamically changes during input switch actions. Presently, this
	// functionality only works with MP4_FILE and TS_FILE inputs.
	InputSourceType InputSourceType

	// A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
	MediaConnectFlows []MediaConnectFlow

	// The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
	Name *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and after
	// creation.
	RoleArn *string

	// A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
	SecurityGroups []string

	// A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
	Sources []InputSource

	// Placeholder documentation for InputState
	State InputState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string

	// The different types of inputs that AWS Elemental MediaLive supports.
	Type InputType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for Input

type InputAttachment 

type InputAttachment struct {

	// User-specified settings for defining what the conditions are for declaring the
	// input unhealthy and failing over to a different input.
	AutomaticInputFailoverSettings *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings

	// User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants to
	// use this input in an input switch action.
	InputAttachmentName *string

	// The ID of the input
	InputId *string

	// Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.)
	InputSettings *InputSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for InputAttachment

type InputChannelLevel 

type InputChannelLevel struct {

	// Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range from
	// -60 (mute) and 6 dB.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Gain *int32

	// The index of the input channel used as a source.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputChannel *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Channel Level

type InputClass 

type InputClass string
const (
	InputClassStandard       InputClass = "STANDARD"
	InputClassSinglePipeline InputClass = "SINGLE_PIPELINE"
)

Enum values for InputClass

func (InputClass) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputClass) Values() []InputClass

Values returns all known values for InputClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputClippingSettings 

type InputClippingSettings struct {

	// The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputTimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Settings to identify the start of the clip.
	StartTimecode *StartTimecode

	// Settings to identify the end of the clip.
	StopTimecode *StopTimecode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the input to ingest only a portion of the file.

type InputCodec 

type InputCodec string
const (
	InputCodecMpeg2 InputCodec = "MPEG2"
	InputCodecAvc   InputCodec = "AVC"
	InputCodecHevc  InputCodec = "HEVC"
)

Enum values for InputCodec

func (InputCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputCodec) Values() []InputCodec

Values returns all known values for InputCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeblockFilter 

type InputDeblockFilter string
const (
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled  InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDeblockFilter

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values() []InputDeblockFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDeblockFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDenoiseFilter 

type InputDenoiseFilter string
const (
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled  InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values() []InputDenoiseFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDenoiseFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDestination 

type InputDestination struct {

	// The system-generated static IP address of endpoint. It remains fixed for the
	// lifetime of the input.
	Ip *string

	// The port number for the input.
	Port *string

	// This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will be pushed to.
	Url *string

	// The properties for a VPC type input destination.
	Vpc *InputDestinationVpc
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a PUSH type input.

type InputDestinationRequest 

type InputDestinationRequest struct {

	// A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushed to.
	StreamName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input.

type InputDestinationVpc 

type InputDestinationVpc struct {

	// The availability zone of the Input destination.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a VPC type input destination.

type InputDeviceActiveInput 

type InputDeviceActiveInput string
const (
	InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi InputDeviceActiveInput = "HDMI"
	InputDeviceActiveInputSdi  InputDeviceActiveInput = "SDI"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceActiveInput

func (InputDeviceActiveInput) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceActiveInput) Values() []InputDeviceActiveInput

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceActiveInput. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceCodec added in v1.37.0 

type InputDeviceCodec string
const (
	InputDeviceCodecHevc InputDeviceCodec = "HEVC"
	InputDeviceCodecAvc  InputDeviceCodec = "AVC"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceCodec

func (InputDeviceCodec) Values added in v1.37.0 

func (InputDeviceCodec) Values() []InputDeviceCodec

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairConfig added in v1.44.0 

type InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairConfig struct {

	// The ID for one audio pair configuration, a value from 1 to 8.
	Id *int32

	// The profile to set for one audio pair configuration. Choose an enumeration
	// value. Each value describes one audio configuration using the format (rate
	// control algorithm)-(codec)_(quality)-(bitrate in bytes). For example,
	// CBR-AAC_HQ-192000. Or choose DISABLED, in which case the device won't produce
	// audio for this pair.
	Profile InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

One audio configuration that specifies the format for one audio pair that the device produces as output.

type InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile added in v1.44.0 

type InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile string
const (
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileDisabled       InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "DISABLED"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacHhe16000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_HHE-16000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacHe64000  InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_HE-64000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacLc128000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_LC-128000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq192000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-192000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq256000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-256000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq384000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-384000"
	InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq512000 InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-512000"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile

func (InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile) Values added in v1.44.0 

func (InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile) Values() []InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings 

type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings struct {

	// An array of eight audio configurations, one for each audio pair in the source.
	// Set up each audio configuration either to exclude the pair, or to format it and
	// include it in the output from the device. This parameter applies only to UHD
	// devices, and only when the device is configured as the source for a MediaConnect
	// flow. For an HD device, you configure the audio by setting up audio selectors in
	// the channel configuration.
	AudioChannelPairs []InputDeviceConfigurableAudioChannelPairConfig

	// Choose the codec for the video that the device produces. Only UHD devices can
	// specify this parameter.
	Codec InputDeviceCodec

	// The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected to
	// only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device sends,
	// specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input ports, and
	// you want to use a specific source, specify the source.
	ConfiguredInput InputDeviceConfiguredInput

	// The Link device's buffer size (latency) in milliseconds (ms).
	LatencyMs *int32

	// The maximum bitrate in bits per second. Set a value here to throttle the
	// bitrate of the source video.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// To attach this device to a MediaConnect flow, specify these parameters. To
	// detach an existing flow, enter {} for the value of mediaconnectSettings. Only
	// UHD devices can specify this parameter.
	MediaconnectSettings *InputDeviceMediaConnectConfigurableSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Configurable settings for the input device.

type InputDeviceConfiguredInput 

type InputDeviceConfiguredInput string
const (
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto InputDeviceConfiguredInput = "AUTO"
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi InputDeviceConfiguredInput = "HDMI"
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi  InputDeviceConfiguredInput = "SDI"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceConfiguredInput

func (InputDeviceConfiguredInput) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceConfiguredInput) Values() []InputDeviceConfiguredInput

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceConfiguredInput. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceConnectionState 

type InputDeviceConnectionState string
const (
	InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected InputDeviceConnectionState = "DISCONNECTED"
	InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected    InputDeviceConnectionState = "CONNECTED"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceConnectionState

func (InputDeviceConnectionState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceConnectionState) Values() []InputDeviceConnectionState

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceConnectionState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceHdSettings 

type InputDeviceHdSettings struct {

	// If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources
	// is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
	ActiveInput InputDeviceActiveInput

	// The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this
	// source.
	ConfiguredInput InputDeviceConfiguredInput

	// The state of the input device.
	DeviceState InputDeviceState

	// The frame rate of the video source.
	Framerate *float64

	// The height of the video source, in pixels.
	Height *int32

	// The Link device's buffer size (latency) in milliseconds (ms). You can specify
	// this value.
	LatencyMs *int32

	// The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You
	// can specify this maximum.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// The scan type of the video source.
	ScanType InputDeviceScanType

	// The width of the video source, in pixels.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video characteristics of that source.

type InputDeviceIpScheme 

type InputDeviceIpScheme string
const (
	InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic InputDeviceIpScheme = "STATIC"
	InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp   InputDeviceIpScheme = "DHCP"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceIpScheme

func (InputDeviceIpScheme) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceIpScheme) Values() []InputDeviceIpScheme

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceIpScheme. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceMediaConnectConfigurableSettings added in v1.37.0 

type InputDeviceMediaConnectConfigurableSettings struct {

	// The ARN of the MediaConnect flow to attach this device to.
	FlowArn *string

	// The ARN for the role that MediaLive assumes to access the attached flow and
	// secret. For more information about how to create this role, see the MediaLive
	// user guide.
	RoleArn *string

	// The ARN for the secret that holds the encryption key to encrypt the content
	// output by the device.
	SecretArn *string

	// The name of the MediaConnect Flow source to stream to.
	SourceName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Parameters required to attach a MediaConnect flow to the device.

type InputDeviceMediaConnectSettings added in v1.37.0 

type InputDeviceMediaConnectSettings struct {

	// The ARN of the MediaConnect flow.
	FlowArn *string

	// The ARN for the role that MediaLive assumes to access the attached flow and
	// secret.
	RoleArn *string

	// The ARN of the secret used to encrypt the stream.
	SecretArn *string

	// The name of the MediaConnect flow source.
	SourceName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about the MediaConnect flow attached to the device.

type InputDeviceNetworkSettings 

type InputDeviceNetworkSettings struct {

	// The DNS addresses of the input device.
	DnsAddresses []string

	// The network gateway IP address.
	Gateway *string

	// The IP address of the input device.
	IpAddress *string

	// Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive)
	// to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address.
	IpScheme InputDeviceIpScheme

	// The subnet mask of the input device.
	SubnetMask *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The network settings for the input device.

type InputDeviceOutputType added in v1.37.0 

type InputDeviceOutputType string
const (
	InputDeviceOutputTypeNone             InputDeviceOutputType = "NONE"
	InputDeviceOutputTypeMedialiveInput   InputDeviceOutputType = "MEDIALIVE_INPUT"
	InputDeviceOutputTypeMediaconnectFlow InputDeviceOutputType = "MEDIACONNECT_FLOW"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceOutputType

func (InputDeviceOutputType) Values added in v1.37.0 

func (InputDeviceOutputType) Values() []InputDeviceOutputType

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceOutputType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceRequest 

type InputDeviceRequest struct {

	// The unique ID for the device.
	Id *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for an input device.

type InputDeviceScanType 

type InputDeviceScanType string
const (
	InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced  InputDeviceScanType = "INTERLACED"
	InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive InputDeviceScanType = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceScanType

func (InputDeviceScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceScanType) Values() []InputDeviceScanType

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceSettings 

type InputDeviceSettings struct {

	// The unique ID for the device.
	Id *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for an input device.

type InputDeviceState 

type InputDeviceState string
const (
	InputDeviceStateIdle      InputDeviceState = "IDLE"
	InputDeviceStateStreaming InputDeviceState = "STREAMING"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceState

func (InputDeviceState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceState) Values() []InputDeviceState

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceSummary 

type InputDeviceSummary struct {

	// The unique ARN of the input device.
	Arn *string

	// The Availability Zone associated with this input device.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
	ConnectionState InputDeviceConnectionState

	// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you change
	// the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate),
	// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself
	// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING
	// means that it has not updated its configuration.
	DeviceSettingsSyncState DeviceSettingsSyncState

	// The status of software on the input device.
	DeviceUpdateStatus DeviceUpdateStatus

	// Settings that describe an input device that is type HD.
	HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings

	// The unique ID of the input device.
	Id *string

	// The network MAC address of the input device.
	MacAddress *string

	// An array of the ARNs for the MediaLive inputs attached to the device. Returned
	// only if the outputType is MEDIALIVE_INPUT.
	MedialiveInputArns []string

	// A name that you specify for the input device.
	Name *string

	// Network settings for the input device.
	NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

	// The output attachment type of the input device. Specifies MEDIACONNECT_FLOW if
	// this device is the source for a MediaConnect flow. Specifies MEDIALIVE_INPUT if
	// this device is the source for a MediaLive input.
	OutputType InputDeviceOutputType

	// The unique serial number of the input device.
	SerialNumber *string

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string

	// The type of the input device.
	Type InputDeviceType

	// Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.
	UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details of the input device.

type InputDeviceTransferType added in v0.29.0 

type InputDeviceTransferType string
const (
	InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing InputDeviceTransferType = "OUTGOING"
	InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming InputDeviceTransferType = "INCOMING"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceTransferType

func (InputDeviceTransferType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceTransferType) Values() []InputDeviceTransferType

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceTransferType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceType 

type InputDeviceType string
const (
	InputDeviceTypeHd  InputDeviceType = "HD"
	InputDeviceTypeUhd InputDeviceType = "UHD"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceType

func (InputDeviceType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeviceType) Values() []InputDeviceType

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairConfig added in v1.44.0 

type InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairConfig struct {

	// The ID for one audio pair configuration, a value from 1 to 8.
	Id *int32

	// The profile for one audio pair configuration. This property describes one audio
	// configuration in the format (rate control algorithm)-(codec)_(quality)-(bitrate
	// in bytes). For example, CBR-AAC_HQ-192000. Or DISABLED, in which case the device
	// won't produce audio for this pair.
	Profile InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

One audio configuration that specifies the format for one audio pair that the device produces as output.

type InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile added in v1.44.0 

type InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile string
const (
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileDisabled       InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "DISABLED"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacHhe16000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_HHE-16000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacHe64000  InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_HE-64000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileVbrAacLc128000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "VBR-AAC_LC-128000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq192000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-192000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq256000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-256000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq384000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-384000"
	InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfileCbrAacHq512000 InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile = "CBR-AAC_HQ-512000"
)

Enum values for InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile

func (InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile) Values added in v1.44.0 

func (InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile) Values() []InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile

Values returns all known values for InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDeviceUhdSettings added in v0.31.0 

type InputDeviceUhdSettings struct {

	// If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources
	// is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
	ActiveInput InputDeviceActiveInput

	// An array of eight audio configurations, one for each audio pair in the source.
	// Each audio configuration specifies either to exclude the pair, or to format it
	// and include it in the output from the UHD device. Applies only when the device
	// is configured as the source for a MediaConnect flow.
	AudioChannelPairs []InputDeviceUhdAudioChannelPairConfig

	// The codec for the video that the device produces.
	Codec InputDeviceCodec

	// The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this
	// source.
	ConfiguredInput InputDeviceConfiguredInput

	// The state of the input device.
	DeviceState InputDeviceState

	// The frame rate of the video source.
	Framerate *float64

	// The height of the video source, in pixels.
	Height *int32

	// The Link device's buffer size (latency) in milliseconds (ms). You can specify
	// this value.
	LatencyMs *int32

	// The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You
	// can specify this maximum.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Information about the MediaConnect flow attached to the device. Returned only
	// if the outputType is MEDIACONNECT_FLOW.
	MediaconnectSettings *InputDeviceMediaConnectSettings

	// The scan type of the video source.
	ScanType InputDeviceScanType

	// The width of the video source, in pixels.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video characteristics of that source.

type InputFilter 

type InputFilter string
const (
	InputFilterAuto     InputFilter = "AUTO"
	InputFilterDisabled InputFilter = "DISABLED"
	InputFilterForced   InputFilter = "FORCED"
)

Enum values for InputFilter

func (InputFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputFilter) Values() []InputFilter

Values returns all known values for InputFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputLocation 

type InputLocation struct {

	// Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible to the
	// Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For example, a
	// RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live".
	//
	// This member is required.
	Uri *string

	// key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string

	// Documentation update needed
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Location

type InputLossActionForHlsOut 

type InputLossActionForHlsOut string
const (
	InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput  InputLossActionForHlsOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"
	InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput InputLossActionForHlsOut = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for InputLossActionForHlsOut

func (InputLossActionForHlsOut) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputLossActionForHlsOut) Values() []InputLossActionForHlsOut

Values returns all known values for InputLossActionForHlsOut. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut 

type InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut string
const (
	InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput  InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"
	InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut

func (InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut) Values() []InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut

Values returns all known values for InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputLossActionForRtmpOut 

type InputLossActionForRtmpOut string
const (
	InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput  InputLossActionForRtmpOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"
	InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput InputLossActionForRtmpOut = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for InputLossActionForRtmpOut

func (InputLossActionForRtmpOut) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputLossActionForRtmpOut) Values() []InputLossActionForRtmpOut

Values returns all known values for InputLossActionForRtmpOut. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputLossActionForUdpOut 

type InputLossActionForUdpOut string
const (
	InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram InputLossActionForUdpOut = "DROP_PROGRAM"
	InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs      InputLossActionForUdpOut = "DROP_TS"
	InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram InputLossActionForUdpOut = "EMIT_PROGRAM"
)

Enum values for InputLossActionForUdpOut

func (InputLossActionForUdpOut) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputLossActionForUdpOut) Values() []InputLossActionForUdpOut

Values returns all known values for InputLossActionForUdpOut. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputLossBehavior 

type InputLossBehavior struct {

	// Documentation update needed
	BlackFrameMsec *int32

	// When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use.
	// Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB.
	InputLossImageColor *string

	// When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters for
	// accessing the slate.
	InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation

	// Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output after
	// input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec.
	InputLossImageType InputLossImageType

	// Documentation update needed
	RepeatFrameMsec *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Loss Behavior

type InputLossFailoverSettings added in v0.29.0 

type InputLossFailoverSettings struct {

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that no input is detected. After that
	// time, an input failover will occur.
	InputLossThresholdMsec *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input for the specified period.

type InputLossImageType 

type InputLossImageType string
const (
	InputLossImageTypeColor InputLossImageType = "COLOR"
	InputLossImageTypeSlate InputLossImageType = "SLATE"
)

Enum values for InputLossImageType

func (InputLossImageType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputLossImageType) Values() []InputLossImageType

Values returns all known values for InputLossImageType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputMaximumBitrate 

type InputMaximumBitrate string
const (
	InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps InputMaximumBitrate = "MAX_10_MBPS"
	InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps InputMaximumBitrate = "MAX_20_MBPS"
	InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps InputMaximumBitrate = "MAX_50_MBPS"
)

Enum values for InputMaximumBitrate

func (InputMaximumBitrate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputMaximumBitrate) Values() []InputMaximumBitrate

Values returns all known values for InputMaximumBitrate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPreference 

type InputPreference string
const (
	InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference  InputPreference = "EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE"
	InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred InputPreference = "PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED"
)

Enum values for InputPreference

func (InputPreference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputPreference) Values() []InputPreference

Values returns all known values for InputPreference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings 

type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The name of the input attachment that should be prepared by this action. If no
	// name is provided, the action will stop the most recent prepare (if any) when
	// activated.
	InputAttachmentNameReference *string

	// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
	// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
	InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings

	// The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for this
	// instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an input
	// switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect the input
	// to a different content source.
	UrlPath []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch.

type InputResolution 

type InputResolution string
const (
	InputResolutionSd  InputResolution = "SD"
	InputResolutionHd  InputResolution = "HD"
	InputResolutionUhd InputResolution = "UHD"
)

Enum values for InputResolution

func (InputResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputResolution) Values() []InputResolution

Values returns all known values for InputResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSecurityGroup 

type InputSecurityGroup struct {

	// Unique ARN of Input Security Group
	Arn *string

	// The Id of the Input Security Group
	Id *string

	// The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
	Inputs []string

	// The current state of the Input Security Group.
	State InputSecurityGroupState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Whitelist rules and their sync status
	WhitelistRules []InputWhitelistRule
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An Input Security Group

type InputSecurityGroupState 

type InputSecurityGroupState string
const (
	InputSecurityGroupStateIdle     InputSecurityGroupState = "IDLE"
	InputSecurityGroupStateInUse    InputSecurityGroupState = "IN_USE"
	InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating InputSecurityGroupState = "UPDATING"
	InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted  InputSecurityGroupState = "DELETED"
)

Enum values for InputSecurityGroupState

func (InputSecurityGroupState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputSecurityGroupState) Values() []InputSecurityGroupState

Values returns all known values for InputSecurityGroupState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSettings 

type InputSettings struct {

	// Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple
	// available.
	AudioSelectors []AudioSelector

	// Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available.
	CaptionSelectors []CaptionSelector

	// Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest).
	FilterStrength *int32

	// Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter
	// enabled by default.
	//   - auto - filtering will be applied depending on input type/quality
	//   - disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input
	//   - forced - filtering will be applied regardless of input type
	InputFilter InputFilter

	// Input settings.
	NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings

	// PID from which to read SCTE-35 messages. If left undefined, EML will select the
	// first SCTE-35 PID found in the input.
	Scte35Pid *int32

	// Specifies whether to extract applicable ancillary data from a SMPTE-2038 source
	// in this input. Applicable data types are captions, timecode, AFD, and SCTE-104
	// messages.
	//   - PREFER: Extract from SMPTE-2038 if present in this input, otherwise extract
	//   from another source (if any).
	//   - IGNORE: Never extract any ancillary data from SMPTE-2038.
	Smpte2038DataPreference Smpte2038DataPreference

	// Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed
	// indefinitely.
	SourceEndBehavior InputSourceEndBehavior

	// Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have
	// multiple available.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live Event.

type InputSource 

type InputSource struct {

	// The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
	PasswordParam *string

	// This represents the customer's source URL where stream is pulled from.
	Url *string

	// The username for the input source.
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a PULL type input.

type InputSourceEndBehavior 

type InputSourceEndBehavior string
const (
	InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue InputSourceEndBehavior = "CONTINUE"
	InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop     InputSourceEndBehavior = "LOOP"
)

Enum values for InputSourceEndBehavior

func (InputSourceEndBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputSourceEndBehavior) Values() []InputSourceEndBehavior

Values returns all known values for InputSourceEndBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSourceRequest 

type InputSourceRequest struct {

	// The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
	PasswordParam *string

	// This represents the customer's source URL where stream is pulled from.
	Url *string

	// The username for the input source.
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for for a PULL type input.

type InputSourceType 

type InputSourceType string
const (
	InputSourceTypeStatic  InputSourceType = "STATIC"
	InputSourceTypeDynamic InputSourceType = "DYNAMIC"
)

Enum values for InputSourceType

func (InputSourceType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputSourceType) Values() []InputSourceType

Values returns all known values for InputSourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSpecification 

type InputSpecification struct {

	// Input codec
	Codec InputCodec

	// Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely
	MaximumBitrate InputMaximumBitrate

	// Input resolution, categorized coarsely
	Resolution InputResolution
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for InputSpecification

type InputState 

type InputState string
const (
	InputStateCreating InputState = "CREATING"
	InputStateDetached InputState = "DETACHED"
	InputStateAttached InputState = "ATTACHED"
	InputStateDeleting InputState = "DELETING"
	InputStateDeleted  InputState = "DELETED"
)

Enum values for InputState

func (InputState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputState) Values() []InputState

Values returns all known values for InputState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings 

type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to. The
	// name is specified in the channel configuration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputAttachmentNameReference *string

	// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
	// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
	InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings

	// The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for this
	// instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an input
	// switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect the input
	// to a different content source.
	UrlPath []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input to ingesting another input.

type InputTimecodeSource 

type InputTimecodeSource string
const (
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded  InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
)

Enum values for InputTimecodeSource

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values() []InputTimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for InputTimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputType 

type InputType string
const (
	InputTypeUdpPush      InputType = "UDP_PUSH"
	InputTypeRtpPush      InputType = "RTP_PUSH"
	InputTypeRtmpPush     InputType = "RTMP_PUSH"
	InputTypeRtmpPull     InputType = "RTMP_PULL"
	InputTypeUrlPull      InputType = "URL_PULL"
	InputTypeMp4File      InputType = "MP4_FILE"
	InputTypeMediaconnect InputType = "MEDIACONNECT"
	InputTypeInputDevice  InputType = "INPUT_DEVICE"
	InputTypeAwsCdi       InputType = "AWS_CDI"
	InputTypeTsFile       InputType = "TS_FILE"
)

Enum values for InputType

func (InputType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputType) Values() []InputType

Values returns all known values for InputType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputVpcRequest 

type InputVpcRequest struct {

	// A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC. Subnet IDs must be mapped to two
	// unique availability zones (AZ).
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetIds []string

	// A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network
	// interfaces. Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default
	// security group will be used.
	SecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a private VPC Input. When this property is specified, the input destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet addresses. This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation. Not compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.

type InputWhitelistRule 

type InputWhitelistRule struct {

	// The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted.
	Cidr *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Whitelist rule

type InputWhitelistRuleCidr 

type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct {

	// The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
	Cidr *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.

type InternalServerErrorException 

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for InternalServerErrorException

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string

type KeyProviderSettings 

type KeyProviderSettings struct {

	// Static Key Settings
	StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Key Provider Settings

type LastFrameClippingBehavior 

type LastFrameClippingBehavior string
const (
	LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame LastFrameClippingBehavior = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"
	LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame LastFrameClippingBehavior = "INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"
)

Enum values for LastFrameClippingBehavior

func (LastFrameClippingBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (LastFrameClippingBehavior) Values() []LastFrameClippingBehavior

Values returns all known values for LastFrameClippingBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type LogLevel 

type LogLevel string
const (
	LogLevelError    LogLevel = "ERROR"
	LogLevelWarning  LogLevel = "WARNING"
	LogLevelInfo     LogLevel = "INFO"
	LogLevelDebug    LogLevel = "DEBUG"
	LogLevelDisabled LogLevel = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for LogLevel

func (LogLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (LogLevel) Values() []LogLevel

Values returns all known values for LogLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior 

type M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior string
const (
	M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop          M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior = "DROP"
	M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior = "ENCODE_SILENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior

func (M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior) Values() []M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior

Values returns all known values for M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsArib 

type M2tsArib string
const (
	M2tsAribDisabled M2tsArib = "DISABLED"
	M2tsAribEnabled  M2tsArib = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for M2tsArib

func (M2tsArib) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsArib) Values() []M2tsArib

Values returns all known values for M2tsArib. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl 

type M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl string
const (
	M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto          M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl = "AUTO"
	M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl

func (M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl) Values() []M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioBufferModel 

type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb  M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values() []M2tsAudioBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioInterval 

type M2tsAudioInterval string
const (
	M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"
	M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval          M2tsAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioInterval

func (M2tsAudioInterval) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAudioInterval) Values() []M2tsAudioInterval

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioStreamType 

type M2tsAudioStreamType string
const (
	M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc M2tsAudioStreamType = "ATSC"
	M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb  M2tsAudioStreamType = "DVB"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioStreamType

func (M2tsAudioStreamType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAudioStreamType) Values() []M2tsAudioStreamType

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioStreamType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsBufferModel 

type M2tsBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"
	M2tsBufferModelNone      M2tsBufferModel = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsBufferModel

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values() []M2tsBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsCcDescriptor 

type M2tsCcDescriptor string
const (
	M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled M2tsCcDescriptor = "DISABLED"
	M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled  M2tsCcDescriptor = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for M2tsCcDescriptor

func (M2tsCcDescriptor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsCcDescriptor) Values() []M2tsCcDescriptor

Values returns all known values for M2tsCcDescriptor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbifControl 

type M2tsEbifControl string
const (
	M2tsEbifControlNone        M2tsEbifControl = "NONE"
	M2tsEbifControlPassthrough M2tsEbifControl = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbifControl

func (M2tsEbifControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbifControl) Values() []M2tsEbifControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbifControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpPlacement 

type M2tsEbpPlacement string
const (
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid          M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values() []M2tsEbpPlacement

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEsRateInPes 

type M2tsEsRateInPes string
const (
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE"
)

Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values() []M2tsEsRateInPes

Values returns all known values for M2tsEsRateInPes. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsKlv 

type M2tsKlv string
const (
	M2tsKlvNone        M2tsKlv = "NONE"
	M2tsKlvPassthrough M2tsKlv = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M2tsKlv

func (M2tsKlv) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsKlv) Values() []M2tsKlv

Values returns all known values for M2tsKlv. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsNielsenId3Behavior 

type M2tsNielsenId3Behavior string
const (
	M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough M2tsNielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough   M2tsNielsenId3Behavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3Behavior

func (M2tsNielsenId3Behavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsNielsenId3Behavior) Values() []M2tsNielsenId3Behavior

Values returns all known values for M2tsNielsenId3Behavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsPcrControl 

type M2tsPcrControl string
const (
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
)

Enum values for M2tsPcrControl

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values() []M2tsPcrControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsPcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsRateMode 

type M2tsRateMode string
const (
	M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR"
	M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for M2tsRateMode

func (M2tsRateMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsRateMode) Values() []M2tsRateMode

Values returns all known values for M2tsRateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsScte35Control 

type M2tsScte35Control string
const (
	M2tsScte35ControlNone        M2tsScte35Control = "NONE"
	M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough M2tsScte35Control = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M2tsScte35Control

func (M2tsScte35Control) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsScte35Control) Values() []M2tsScte35Control

Values returns all known values for M2tsScte35Control. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers 

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp         M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy   M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone        M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt    M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values() []M2tsSegmentationMarkers

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationStyle 

type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence    M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values() []M2tsSegmentationStyle

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationStyle. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSettings 

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if the
	// selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the output
	// audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. If this
	// is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded silence
	// when not connected to an active input stream.
	AbsentInputAudioBehavior M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior

	// When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video
	// descriptor.
	Arib M2tsArib

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be
	// entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
	// (or 0x1ff6).
	AribCaptionsPid *string

	// If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from
	// unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured
	// pid number.
	AribCaptionsPidControl M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl

	// When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set to
	// atsc, the ATSC model is used.
	AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by
	// comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID
	// specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	AudioPids *string

	// When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 for
	// EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06.
	AudioStreamType M2tsAudioStreamType

	// The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 0
	// lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Controls the timing accuracy for output network traffic. Leave as MULTIPLEX to
	// ensure accurate network packet timing. Or set to NONE, which might result in
	// lower latency but will result in more variability in output network packet
	// timing. This variability might cause interruptions, jitter, or bursty behavior
	// in your playback or receiving devices.
	BufferModel M2tsBufferModel

	// When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT.
	CcDescriptor M2tsCcDescriptor

	// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings

	// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output.
	// Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma
	// separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified
	// must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	DvbSubPids *string

	// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. Can
	// be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	DvbTeletextPid *string

	// If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this
	// output.
	Ebif M2tsEbifControl

	// When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed,
	// and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. Only available
	// when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions 1 and 2 will
	// always follow the video interval.
	EbpAudioInterval M2tsAudioInterval

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the
	// specified time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If
	// another EBP is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current
	// EBP is not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The
	// lookahead value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be
	// configured elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead
	// accurate.
	EbpLookaheadMs *int32

	// Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP
	// markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid,
	// EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID.
	EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement

	// This field is unused and deprecated.
	EcmPid *string

	// Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. Can
	// be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	EtvPlatformPid *string

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. Can be
	// entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
	// (or 0x1ff6).
	EtvSignalPid *string

	// The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime *float64

	// If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this output.
	Klv M2tsKlv

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple
	// values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
	// Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must be in
	// the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	KlvDataPids *string

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the
	// output.
	NielsenId3Behavior M2tsNielsenId3Behavior

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate *float64

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
	PatInterval *int32

	// When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for
	// every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M2tsPcrControl

	// Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted
	// into the transport stream.
	PcrPeriod *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the
	// Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32
	// (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	PcrPid *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
	PmtInterval *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32
	// (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	PmtPid *string

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNum *int32

	// When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set.
	RateMode M2tsRateMode

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple
	// values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
	// Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must be in
	// the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	Scte27Pids *string

	// Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
	Scte35Control M2tsScte35Control

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can be
	// entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
	// (or 0x1ff6).
	Scte35Pid *string

	// Defines the amount SCTE-35 preroll will be increased (in milliseconds) on the
	// output. Preroll is the amount of time between the presence of a SCTE-35
	// indication in a transport stream and the PTS of the video frame it references.
	// Zero means don't add pullup (it doesn't mean set the preroll to zero). Negative
	// pullup is not supported, which means that you can't make the preroll shorter. Be
	// aware that latency in the output will increase by the pullup amount.
	Scte35PrerollPullupMilliseconds *float64

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart sets
	// the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets the RAI
	// bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart inserts
	// PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary Point
	// information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the
	// adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be
	// truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. When
	// a segmentation style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated
	// due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the
	// subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after
	// that will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead
	// is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle

	// The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to none.
	SegmentationTime *float64

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input to
	// output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	TimedMetadataPid *string

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	VideoPid *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

M2ts Settings

type M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior 

type M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior string
const (
	M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough   M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior

func (M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior) Values() []M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior

Values returns all known values for M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8KlvBehavior added in v1.35.0 

type M3u8KlvBehavior string
const (
	M3u8KlvBehaviorNoPassthrough M3u8KlvBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8KlvBehaviorPassthrough   M3u8KlvBehavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M3u8KlvBehavior

func (M3u8KlvBehavior) Values added in v1.35.0 

func (M3u8KlvBehavior) Values() []M3u8KlvBehavior

Values returns all known values for M3u8KlvBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8NielsenId3Behavior 

type M3u8NielsenId3Behavior string
const (
	M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough M3u8NielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough   M3u8NielsenId3Behavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3Behavior

func (M3u8NielsenId3Behavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8NielsenId3Behavior) Values() []M3u8NielsenId3Behavior

Values returns all known values for M3u8NielsenId3Behavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8PcrControl 

type M3u8PcrControl string
const (
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
)

Enum values for M3u8PcrControl

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values() []M3u8PcrControl

Values returns all known values for M3u8PcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Scte35Behavior 

type M3u8Scte35Behavior string
const (
	M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough M3u8Scte35Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough   M3u8Scte35Behavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M3u8Scte35Behavior

func (M3u8Scte35Behavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8Scte35Behavior) Values() []M3u8Scte35Behavior

Values returns all known values for M3u8Scte35Behavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Settings 

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by
	// comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.
	AudioPids *string

	// This parameter is unused and deprecated.
	EcmPid *string

	// If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this output.
	KlvBehavior M3u8KlvBehavior

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple
	// values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
	// Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must be in
	// the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	KlvDataPids *string

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the
	// output.
	NielsenId3Behavior M3u8NielsenId3Behavior

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. A value of "0" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
	PatInterval *int32

	// When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for
	// every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M3u8PcrControl

	// Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted
	// into the transport stream.
	PcrPeriod *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the
	// Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	PcrPid *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. A value of "0" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
	PmtInterval *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	PmtPid *string

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNum *int32

	// If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this
	// output.
	Scte35Behavior M3u8Scte35Behavior

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can be
	// entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	Scte35Pid *string

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	TimedMetadataPid *string

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	VideoPid *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings information for the .m3u8 container

type M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior 

type M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior string
const (
	M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough   M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior

func (M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior) Values() []M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior

Values returns all known values for M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MaintenanceCreateSettings added in v1.20.0 

type MaintenanceCreateSettings struct {

	// Choose one day of the week for maintenance. The chosen day is used for all
	// future maintenance windows.
	MaintenanceDay MaintenanceDay

	// Choose the hour that maintenance will start. The chosen time is used for all
	// future maintenance windows.
	MaintenanceStartTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for MaintenanceCreateSettings

type MaintenanceDay added in v1.20.0 

type MaintenanceDay string
const (
	MaintenanceDayMonday    MaintenanceDay = "MONDAY"
	MaintenanceDayTuesday   MaintenanceDay = "TUESDAY"
	MaintenanceDayWednesday MaintenanceDay = "WEDNESDAY"
	MaintenanceDayThursday  MaintenanceDay = "THURSDAY"
	MaintenanceDayFriday    MaintenanceDay = "FRIDAY"
	MaintenanceDaySaturday  MaintenanceDay = "SATURDAY"
	MaintenanceDaySunday    MaintenanceDay = "SUNDAY"
)

Enum values for MaintenanceDay

func (MaintenanceDay) Values added in v1.20.0 

func (MaintenanceDay) Values() []MaintenanceDay

Values returns all known values for MaintenanceDay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MaintenanceStatus added in v1.20.0 

type MaintenanceStatus struct {

	// The currently selected maintenance day.
	MaintenanceDay MaintenanceDay

	// Maintenance is required by the displayed date and time. Date and time is in ISO.
	MaintenanceDeadline *string

	// The currently scheduled maintenance date and time. Date and time is in ISO.
	MaintenanceScheduledDate *string

	// The currently selected maintenance start time. Time is in UTC.
	MaintenanceStartTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for MaintenanceStatus

type MaintenanceUpdateSettings added in v1.20.0 

type MaintenanceUpdateSettings struct {

	// Choose one day of the week for maintenance. The chosen day is used for all
	// future maintenance windows.
	MaintenanceDay MaintenanceDay

	// Choose a specific date for maintenance to occur. The chosen date is used for
	// the next maintenance window only.
	MaintenanceScheduledDate *string

	// Choose the hour that maintenance will start. The chosen time is used for all
	// future maintenance windows.
	MaintenanceStartTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for MaintenanceUpdateSettings

type MediaConnectFlow 

type MediaConnectFlow struct {

	// The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source.
	FlowArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.

type MediaConnectFlowRequest 

type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct {

	// The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source.
	FlowArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.

type MediaPackageGroupSettings 

type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct {

	// MediaPackage channel destination.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Media Package Group Settings

type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings 

type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output
	// group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage;
	// MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two
	// MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must be in
	// the same region.
	ChannelId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MediaPackage Output Destination Settings

type MediaPackageOutputSettings 

type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Media Package Output Settings

type MediaResource added in v1.51.0 

type MediaResource struct {

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfMediaResourceNeighbor
	Destinations []MediaResourceNeighbor

	// The logical name of an AWS media resource.
	Name *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfMediaResourceNeighbor
	Sources []MediaResourceNeighbor
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An AWS resource used in media workflows.

type MediaResourceNeighbor added in v1.51.0 

type MediaResourceNeighbor struct {

	// The ARN of a resource used in AWS media workflows.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// The logical name of an AWS media resource.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A direct source or destination neighbor to an AWS media resource.

type MonitorDeployment added in v1.51.0 

type MonitorDeployment struct {

	// A signal map's monitor deployment status.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus

	// URI associated with a signal map's monitor deployment.
	DetailsUri *string

	// Error message associated with a failed monitor deployment of a signal map.
	ErrorMessage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the latest monitor deployment of a signal map.

type MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.4.0 

type MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Duration (in milliseconds) that motion graphics should render on to the video
	// stream. Leaving out this property or setting to 0 will result in rendering
	// continuing until a deactivate action is processed.
	Duration *int64

	// Key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string

	// URI of the HTML5 content to be rendered into the live stream.
	Url *string

	// Documentation update needed
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify the rendering of motion graphics into the video stream.

type MotionGraphicsConfiguration added in v1.4.0 

type MotionGraphicsConfiguration struct {

	// Motion Graphics Settings
	//
	// This member is required.
	MotionGraphicsSettings *MotionGraphicsSettings

	// Motion Graphics Insertion
	MotionGraphicsInsertion MotionGraphicsInsertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Motion Graphics Configuration

type MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.4.0 

type MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify the ending of rendering motion graphics into the video stream.

type MotionGraphicsInsertion added in v1.4.0 

type MotionGraphicsInsertion string
const (
	MotionGraphicsInsertionDisabled MotionGraphicsInsertion = "DISABLED"
	MotionGraphicsInsertionEnabled  MotionGraphicsInsertion = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for MotionGraphicsInsertion

func (MotionGraphicsInsertion) Values added in v1.4.0 

func (MotionGraphicsInsertion) Values() []MotionGraphicsInsertion

Values returns all known values for MotionGraphicsInsertion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.4.0 

type MotionGraphicsSettings struct {

	// Html Motion Graphics Settings
	HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings *HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Motion Graphics Settings

type Mp2CodingMode 

type Mp2CodingMode string
const (
	Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 Mp2CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 Mp2CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
)

Enum values for Mp2CodingMode

func (Mp2CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp2CodingMode) Values() []Mp2CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Mp2CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp2Settings 

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second.
	Bitrate *float64

	// The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or
	// codingMode20 (for stereo).
	CodingMode Mp2CodingMode

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mp2 Settings

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ColorMetadata added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2ColorMetadata string
const (
	Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore Mpeg2ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert Mpeg2ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ColorMetadata

func (Mpeg2ColorMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2ColorMetadata) Values() []Mpeg2ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ColorSpace added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2ColorSpace string
const (
	Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto        Mpeg2ColorSpace = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough Mpeg2ColorSpace = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ColorSpace

func (Mpeg2ColorSpace) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2ColorSpace) Values() []Mpeg2ColorSpace

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2DisplayRatio added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2DisplayRatio string
const (
	Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9 Mpeg2DisplayRatio = "DISPLAYRATIO16X9"
	Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3  Mpeg2DisplayRatio = "DISPLAYRATIO4X3"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2DisplayRatio

func (Mpeg2DisplayRatio) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2DisplayRatio) Values() []Mpeg2DisplayRatio

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2DisplayRatio. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FilterSettings added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mpeg2 Filter Settings

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
const (
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames  Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values() []Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ScanType added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2ScanType string
const (
	Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced  Mpeg2ScanType = "INTERLACED"
	Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive Mpeg2ScanType = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ScanType

func (Mpeg2ScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2ScanType) Values() []Mpeg2ScanType

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Settings added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// description": "The framerate denominator. For example, 1001. The framerate is
	// the numerator divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// FPS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// The framerate numerator. For example, 24000. The framerate is the numerator
	// divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 FPS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Choose Off to disable adaptive quantization. Or choose another value to enable
	// the quantizer and set its strength. The strengths are: Auto, Off, Low, Medium,
	// High. When you enable this field, MediaLive allows intra-frame quantizers to
	// vary, which might improve visual quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

	// Indicates the AFD values that MediaLive will write into the video encode. If
	// you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream system has not
	// given you guidance, choose AUTO. AUTO: MediaLive will try to preserve the input
	// AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid). FIXED: MediaLive will
	// use the value you specify in fixedAFD.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// Specifies whether to include the color space metadata. The metadata describes
	// the color space that applies to the video (the colorSpace field). We recommend
	// that you insert the metadata.
	ColorMetadata Mpeg2ColorMetadata

	// Choose the type of color space conversion to apply to the output. For detailed
	// information on setting up both the input and the output to obtain the desired
	// color space in the output, see the section on "MediaLive Features - Video -
	// color space" in the MediaLive User Guide. PASSTHROUGH: Keep the color space of
	// the input content - do not convert it. AUTO:Convert all content that is SD to
	// rec 601, and convert all content that is HD to rec 709.
	ColorSpace Mpeg2ColorSpace

	// Sets the pixel aspect ratio for the encode.
	DisplayAspectRatio Mpeg2DisplayRatio

	// Optionally specify a noise reduction filter, which can improve quality of
	// compressed content. If you do not choose a filter, no filter will be applied.
	// TEMPORAL: This filter is useful for both source content that is noisy (when it
	// has excessive digital artifacts) and source content that is clean. When the
	// content is noisy, the filter cleans up the source content before the encoding
	// phase, with these two effects: First, it improves the output video quality
	// because the content has been cleaned up. Secondly, it decreases the bandwidth
	// because MediaLive does not waste bits on encoding noise. When the content is
	// reasonably clean, the filter tends to decrease the bitrate.
	FilterSettings *Mpeg2FilterSettings

	// Complete this field only when afdSignaling is set to FIXED. Enter the AFD value
	// (4 bits) to write on all frames of the video encode.
	FixedAfd FixedAfd

	// MPEG2: default is open GOP.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Relates to the GOP structure. The number of B-frames between reference frames.
	// If you do not know what a B-frame is, use the default.
	GopNumBFrames *int32

	// Relates to the GOP structure. The GOP size (keyframe interval) in the units
	// specified in gopSizeUnits. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default. If
	// gopSizeUnits is frames, then the gopSize must be an integer and must be greater
	// than or equal to 1. If gopSizeUnits is seconds, the gopSize must be greater than
	// 0, but does not need to be an integer.
	GopSize *float64

	// Relates to the GOP structure. Specifies whether the gopSize is specified in
	// frames or seconds. If you do not plan to change the default gopSize, leave the
	// default. If you specify SECONDS, MediaLive will internally convert the gop size
	// to a frame count.
	GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

	// Set the scan type of the output to PROGRESSIVE or INTERLACED (top field first).
	ScanType Mpeg2ScanType

	// Relates to the GOP structure. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.
	// FIXED: Set the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP to the value in gopNumBFrames.
	// DYNAMIC: Let MediaLive optimize the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP, to
	// improve visual quality.
	SubgopLength Mpeg2SubGopLength

	// Timecode burn-in settings
	TimecodeBurninSettings *TimecodeBurninSettings

	// Determines how MediaLive inserts timecodes in the output video. For detailed
	// information about setting up the input and the output for a timecode, see the
	// section on "MediaLive Features - Timecode configuration" in the MediaLive User
	// Guide. DISABLED: do not include timecodes. GOP_TIMECODE: Include timecode
	// metadata in the GOP header.
	TimecodeInsertion Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mpeg2 Settings

type Mpeg2SubGopLength added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2SubGopLength string
const (
	Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic Mpeg2SubGopLength = "DYNAMIC"
	Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed   Mpeg2SubGopLength = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SubGopLength

func (Mpeg2SubGopLength) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SubGopLength) Values() []Mpeg2SubGopLength

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SubGopLength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior added in v0.29.0 

type Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior string
const (
	Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled    Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "GOP_TIMECODE"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior

func (Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior) Values() []Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothGroupSettings 

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a
	// "Push" encoder to IIS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// The ID to include in each message in the sparse track. Ignored if
	// sparseTrackType is NONE.
	AcquisitionPointId *string

	// If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute
	// time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes
	// to the audio elementary stream.
	AudioOnlyTimecodeControl SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl

	// If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted
	// Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed
	// certificates to fail.
	CertificateMode SmoothGroupCertificateMode

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if the
	// connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache will
	// be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server. Should only be specified if
	// eventIdMode is set to useConfigured.
	EventId *string

	// Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event ID
	// is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing point,
	// clients might see cached video from the previous run. Options:
	//   - "useConfigured" - use the value provided in eventId
	//   - "useTimestamp" - generate and send an event ID based on the current
	//   timestamp
	//   - "noEventId" - do not send an event ID to the IIS server.
	EventIdMode SmoothGroupEventIdMode

	// When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event
	EventStopBehavior SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int32

	// Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be
	// compatible with GOP size and framerate.
	FragmentLength *int32

	// Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
	InputLossAction InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut

	// Number of retry attempts.
	NumRetries *int32

	// Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due to
	// exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration.
	RestartDelay *int32

	// useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is always
	// used.
	SegmentationMode SmoothGroupSegmentationMode

	// Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
	SendDelayMs *int32

	// Identifies the type of data to place in the sparse track:
	//   - SCTE35: Insert SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message,
	//   insert an IDR frame to start a new segment.
	//   - SCTE35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION: Insert SCTE-35 messages from the source
	//   content. With each message, insert an IDR frame but don't start a new segment.
	//   - NONE: Don't generate a sparse track for any outputs in this output group.
	SparseTrackType SmoothGroupSparseTrackType

	// When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start until
	// all streams start.
	StreamManifestBehavior SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior

	// Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to
	// useConfiguredOffset.
	TimestampOffset *string

	// Type of timestamp date offset to use.
	//   - useEventStartDate: Use the date the event was started as the offset
	//   - useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured date as the offset
	TimestampOffsetMode SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ms Smooth Group Settings

type MsSmoothH265PackagingType 

type MsSmoothH265PackagingType string
const (
	MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 MsSmoothH265PackagingType = "HEV1"
	MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 MsSmoothH265PackagingType = "HVC1"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothH265PackagingType

func (MsSmoothH265PackagingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MsSmoothH265PackagingType) Values() []MsSmoothH265PackagingType

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothH265PackagingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothOutputSettings 

type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct {

	// Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.
	// Specifies whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
	H265PackagingType MsSmoothH265PackagingType

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
	// multiple outputs of the same type.
	NameModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ms Smooth Output Settings

type Multiplex 

type Multiplex struct {

	// The unique arn of the multiplex.
	Arn *string

	// A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
	AvailabilityZones []string

	// A list of the multiplex output destinations.
	Destinations []MultiplexOutputDestination

	// The unique id of the multiplex.
	Id *string

	// Configuration for a multiplex event.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings

	// The name of the multiplex.
	Name *string

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int32

	// The number of programs in the multiplex.
	ProgramCount *int32

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State MultiplexState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The multiplex object.

type MultiplexGroupSettings 

type MultiplexGroupSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Group Settings

type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings 

type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source.
	EntitlementArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.

type MultiplexOutputDestination 

type MultiplexOutputDestination struct {

	// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.
	MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex output destination settings

type MultiplexOutputSettings 

type MultiplexOutputSettings struct {

	// Destination is a Multiplex.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Output Settings

type MultiplexProgram 

type MultiplexProgram struct {

	// The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
	ChannelId *string

	// The settings for this multiplex program.
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings

	// The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
	PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

	// Contains information about the current sources for the specified program in the
	// specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects to both
	// pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the program). But
	// only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time.
	PipelineDetails []MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail

	// The name of the multiplex program.
	ProgramName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The multiplex program object.

type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings 

type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct {

	// The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not
	// need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle
	// the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.
	// The Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel.
	MultiplexId *string

	// The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output
	// to.
	ProgramName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to a Multiplex

type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap 

type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct {

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOf__integer
	AudioPids []int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOf__integer
	DvbSubPids []int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	DvbTeletextPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	EtvPlatformPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	EtvSignalPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOf__integer
	KlvDataPids []int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	PcrPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	PmtPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	PrivateMetadataPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOf__integer
	Scte27Pids []int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	Scte35Pid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	TimedMetadataPid *int32

	// Placeholder documentation for __integer
	VideoPid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.

type MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail added in v0.29.0 

type MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail struct {

	// Identifies the channel pipeline that is currently active for the pipeline
	// (identified by PipelineId) in the multiplex.
	ActiveChannelPipeline *string

	// Identifies a specific pipeline in the multiplex.
	PipelineId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The current source for one of the pipelines in the multiplex.

type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor 

type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct {

	// Name of the provider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ProviderName *string

	// Name of the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.

type MultiplexProgramSettings 

type MultiplexProgramSettings struct {

	// Unique program number.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.
	PreferredChannelPipeline PreferredChannelPipeline

	// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.
	ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor

	// Program video settings configuration.
	VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Program settings configuration.

type MultiplexProgramSummary 

type MultiplexProgramSummary struct {

	// The MediaLive Channel associated with the program.
	ChannelId *string

	// The name of the multiplex program.
	ProgramName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for MultiplexProgramSummary

type MultiplexSettings 

type MultiplexSettings struct {

	// Transport stream bit rate.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransportStreamBitrate *int32

	// Transport stream ID.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransportStreamId *int32

	// Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds.
	MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int32

	// Transport stream reserved bit rate.
	TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains configuration for a Multiplex event

type MultiplexSettingsSummary 

type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct {

	// Transport stream bit rate.
	TransportStreamBitrate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event.

type MultiplexState 

type MultiplexState string
const (
	MultiplexStateCreating     MultiplexState = "CREATING"
	MultiplexStateCreateFailed MultiplexState = "CREATE_FAILED"
	MultiplexStateIdle         MultiplexState = "IDLE"
	MultiplexStateStarting     MultiplexState = "STARTING"
	MultiplexStateRunning      MultiplexState = "RUNNING"
	MultiplexStateRecovering   MultiplexState = "RECOVERING"
	MultiplexStateStopping     MultiplexState = "STOPPING"
	MultiplexStateDeleting     MultiplexState = "DELETING"
	MultiplexStateDeleted      MultiplexState = "DELETED"
)

Enum values for MultiplexState

func (MultiplexState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MultiplexState) Values() []MultiplexState

Values returns all known values for MultiplexState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings 

type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct {

	// Maximum statmux bitrate.
	MaximumBitrate *int32

	// Minimum statmux bitrate.
	MinimumBitrate *int32

	// The purpose of the priority is to use a combination of the\nmultiplex rate
	// control algorithm and the QVBR capability of the\nencoder to prioritize the
	// video quality of some channels in a\nmultiplex over others. Channels that have a
	// higher priority will\nget higher video quality at the expense of the video
	// quality of\nother channels in the multiplex with lower priority.
	Priority *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Statmux rate control settings

type MultiplexSummary 

type MultiplexSummary struct {

	// The unique arn of the multiplex.
	Arn *string

	// A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
	AvailabilityZones []string

	// The unique id of the multiplex.
	Id *string

	// Configuration for a multiplex event.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary

	// The name of the multiplex.
	Name *string

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int32

	// The number of programs in the multiplex.
	ProgramCount *int32

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State MultiplexState

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for MultiplexSummary

type MultiplexVideoSettings 

type MultiplexVideoSettings struct {

	// The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode. When this field is
	// defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined.
	ConstantBitrate *int32

	// Statmux rate control settings. When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate must
	// be undefined.
	StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The video configuration for each program in a multiplex.

type NetworkInputServerValidation 

type NetworkInputServerValidation string
const (
	NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName NetworkInputServerValidation = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME"
	NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly            NetworkInputServerValidation = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY"
)

Enum values for NetworkInputServerValidation

func (NetworkInputServerValidation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NetworkInputServerValidation) Values() []NetworkInputServerValidation

Values returns all known values for NetworkInputServerValidation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NetworkInputSettings 

type NetworkInputSettings struct {

	// Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest.
	HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings

	// Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly,
	// cryptography in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name.
	// Certain subdomains (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not
	// strictly match the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would
	// otherwise cause the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that
	// do not use https.
	ServerValidation NetworkInputServerValidation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node that is running the live event through a network connection.

type NielsenCBET added in v1.10.0 

type NielsenCBET struct {

	// Enter the CBET check digits to use in the watermark.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CbetCheckDigitString *string

	// Determines the method of CBET insertion mode when prior encoding is detected on
	// the same layer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CbetStepaside NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside

	// Enter the CBET Source ID (CSID) to use in the watermark
	//
	// This member is required.
	Csid *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Nielsen CBET

type NielsenConfiguration 

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen.
	DistributorId *string

	// Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging
	NielsenPcmToId3Tagging NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Nielsen Configuration

type NielsenNaesIiNw added in v1.10.0 

type NielsenNaesIiNw struct {

	// Enter the check digit string for the watermark
	//
	// This member is required.
	CheckDigitString *string

	// Enter the Nielsen Source ID (SID) to include in the watermark
	//
	// This member is required.
	Sid *float64

	// Choose the timezone for the time stamps in the watermark. If not provided, the
	// timestamps will be in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
	Timezone NielsenWatermarkTimezones
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Nielsen Naes Ii Nw

type NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState 

type NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState string
const (
	NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState = "DISABLED"
	NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled  NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState

func (NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState) Values() []NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState

Values returns all known values for NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenWatermarkTimezones added in v1.30.0 

type NielsenWatermarkTimezones string
const (
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesAmericaPuertoRico NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "AMERICA_PUERTO_RICO"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsAlaska          NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_ALASKA"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsArizona         NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_ARIZONA"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsCentral         NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_CENTRAL"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsEastern         NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_EASTERN"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsHawaii          NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_HAWAII"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsMountain        NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_MOUNTAIN"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsPacific         NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_PACIFIC"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUsSamoa           NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "US_SAMOA"
	NielsenWatermarkTimezonesUtc               NielsenWatermarkTimezones = "UTC"
)

Enum values for NielsenWatermarkTimezones

func (NielsenWatermarkTimezones) Values added in v1.30.0 

func (NielsenWatermarkTimezones) Values() []NielsenWatermarkTimezones

Values returns all known values for NielsenWatermarkTimezones. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside added in v1.10.0 

type NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside string
const (
	NielsenWatermarksCbetStepasideDisabled NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside = "DISABLED"
	NielsenWatermarksCbetStepasideEnabled  NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside

func (NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside) Values() []NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside

Values returns all known values for NielsenWatermarksCbetStepaside. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes added in v1.10.0 

type NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes string
const (
	NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypesFinalDistributor NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes = "FINAL_DISTRIBUTOR"
	NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypesProgramContent   NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes = "PROGRAM_CONTENT"
)

Enum values for NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes

func (NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes) Values() []NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes

Values returns all known values for NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenWatermarksSettings added in v1.10.0 

type NielsenWatermarksSettings struct {

	// Complete these fields only if you want to insert watermarks of type Nielsen CBET
	NielsenCbetSettings *NielsenCBET

	// Choose the distribution types that you want to assign to the watermarks:
	//   - PROGRAM_CONTENT
	//   - FINAL_DISTRIBUTOR
	NielsenDistributionType NielsenWatermarksDistributionTypes

	// Complete these fields only if you want to insert watermarks of type Nielsen
	// NAES II (N2) and Nielsen NAES VI (NW).
	NielsenNaesIiNwSettings *NielsenNaesIiNw
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Nielsen Watermarks Settings

type NotFoundException 

type NotFoundException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for NotFoundException

func (*NotFoundException) Error 

func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorCode 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorFault 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string

type Offering 

type Offering struct {

	// Unique offering ARN, e.g.
	// 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321'
	Arn *string

	// Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
	CurrencyCode *string

	// Lease duration, e.g. '12'
	Duration *int32

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits OfferingDurationUnits

	// One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
	FixedPrice *float64

	// Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard
	// VQ in US West (Oregon)'
	OfferingDescription *string

	// Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
	OfferingId *string

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType OfferingType

	// AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
	Region *string

	// Resource configuration details
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification

	// Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
	UsagePrice *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reserved resources available for purchase

type OfferingDurationUnits 

type OfferingDurationUnits string
const (
	OfferingDurationUnitsMonths OfferingDurationUnits = "MONTHS"
)

Enum values for OfferingDurationUnits

func (OfferingDurationUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OfferingDurationUnits) Values() []OfferingDurationUnits

Values returns all known values for OfferingDurationUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OfferingType 

type OfferingType string
const (
	OfferingTypeNoUpfront OfferingType = "NO_UPFRONT"
)

Enum values for OfferingType

func (OfferingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OfferingType) Values() []OfferingType

Values returns all known values for OfferingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Output 

type Output struct {

	// Output type-specific settings.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings

	// The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output.
	AudioDescriptionNames []string

	// The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output.
	CaptionDescriptionNames []string

	// The name used to identify an output.
	OutputName *string

	// The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output.
	VideoDescriptionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group.

type OutputDestination 

type OutputDestination struct {

	// User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output.
	Id *string

	// Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both
	// encoders.
	MediaPackageSettings []MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings

	// Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings

	// Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant
	// encoder.
	Settings []OutputDestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for OutputDestination

type OutputDestinationSettings 

type OutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string

	// Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://)
	StreamName *string

	// A URL specifying a destination
	Url *string

	// username for destination
	Username *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for OutputDestinationSettings

type OutputGroup 

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Settings associated with the output group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfOutput
	//
	// This member is required.
	Outputs []Output

	// Custom output group name optionally defined by the user.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about where streams should be distributed.

type OutputGroupSettings 

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Archive Group Settings
	ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings

	// Cmaf Ingest Group Settings
	CmafIngestGroupSettings *CmafIngestGroupSettings

	// Frame Capture Group Settings
	FrameCaptureGroupSettings *FrameCaptureGroupSettings

	// Hls Group Settings
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings

	// Media Package Group Settings
	MediaPackageGroupSettings *MediaPackageGroupSettings

	// Ms Smooth Group Settings
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings

	// Multiplex Group Settings
	MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings

	// Rtmp Group Settings
	RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings

	// Udp Group Settings
	UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Group Settings

type OutputLocationRef 

type OutputLocationRef struct {

	// Placeholder documentation for __string
	DestinationRefId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel

type OutputLockingSettings added in v1.36.0 

type OutputLockingSettings struct {

	// Epoch Locking Settings
	EpochLockingSettings *EpochLockingSettings

	// Pipeline Locking Settings
	PipelineLockingSettings *PipelineLockingSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Locking Settings

type OutputSettings 

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Archive Output Settings
	ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings

	// Cmaf Ingest Output Settings
	CmafIngestOutputSettings *CmafIngestOutputSettings

	// Frame Capture Output Settings
	FrameCaptureOutputSettings *FrameCaptureOutputSettings

	// Hls Output Settings
	HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings

	// Media Package Output Settings
	MediaPackageOutputSettings *MediaPackageOutputSettings

	// Ms Smooth Output Settings
	MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings

	// Multiplex Output Settings
	MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings

	// Rtmp Output Settings
	RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings

	// Udp Output Settings
	UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Settings

type PassThroughSettings 

type PassThroughSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Pass Through Settings

type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings 

type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Placeholder documentation for __listOfPipelinePauseStateSettings
	Pipelines []PipelinePauseStateSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to set pause state of a channel.

type PipelineDetail 

type PipelineDetail struct {

	// The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this
	// pipeline.
	ActiveInputAttachmentName *string

	// The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently and
	// that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this pipeline.
	ActiveInputSwitchActionName *string

	// The name of the motion graphics activate action that occurred most recently and
	// that resulted in the current graphics URI for this pipeline.
	ActiveMotionGraphicsActionName *string

	// The current URI being used for HTML5 motion graphics for this pipeline.
	ActiveMotionGraphicsUri *string

	// Pipeline ID
	PipelineId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Runtime details of a pipeline when a channel is running.

type PipelineId 

type PipelineId string
const (
	PipelineIdPipeline0 PipelineId = "PIPELINE_0"
	PipelineIdPipeline1 PipelineId = "PIPELINE_1"
)

Enum values for PipelineId

func (PipelineId) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PipelineId) Values() []PipelineId

Values returns all known values for PipelineId. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PipelineLockingSettings added in v1.36.0 

type PipelineLockingSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Pipeline Locking Settings

type PipelinePauseStateSettings 

type PipelinePauseStateSettings struct {

	// Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1").
	//
	// This member is required.
	PipelineId PipelineId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for pausing a pipeline.

type PreferredChannelPipeline 

type PreferredChannelPipeline string
const (
	PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive PreferredChannelPipeline = "CURRENTLY_ACTIVE"
	PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0       PreferredChannelPipeline = "PIPELINE_0"
	PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1       PreferredChannelPipeline = "PIPELINE_1"
)

Enum values for PreferredChannelPipeline

func (PreferredChannelPipeline) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PreferredChannelPipeline) Values() []PreferredChannelPipeline

Values returns all known values for PreferredChannelPipeline. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RawSettings added in v0.29.0 

type RawSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Raw Settings

type RebootInputDeviceForce added in v1.22.0 

type RebootInputDeviceForce string
const (
	RebootInputDeviceForceNo  RebootInputDeviceForce = "NO"
	RebootInputDeviceForceYes RebootInputDeviceForce = "YES"
)

Enum values for RebootInputDeviceForce

func (RebootInputDeviceForce) Values added in v1.22.0 

func (RebootInputDeviceForce) Values() []RebootInputDeviceForce

Values returns all known values for RebootInputDeviceForce. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Rec601Settings 

type Rec601Settings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rec601 Settings

type Rec709Settings 

type Rec709Settings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rec709 Settings

type RemixSettings 

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ChannelMappings []AudioChannelMapping

	// Number of input channels to be used.
	ChannelsIn *int32

	// Number of output channels to be produced. Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8
	ChannelsOut *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Remix Settings

type RenewalSettings added in v1.21.0 

type RenewalSettings struct {

	// Automatic renewal status for the reservation
	AutomaticRenewal ReservationAutomaticRenewal

	// Count for the reservation renewal
	RenewalCount *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Renewal settings for Reservations

type Reservation 

type Reservation struct {

	// Unique reservation ARN, e.g.
	// 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567'
	Arn *string

	// Number of reserved resources
	Count *int32

	// Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
	CurrencyCode *string

	// Lease duration, e.g. '12'
	Duration *int32

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits OfferingDurationUnits

	// Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00'
	End *string

	// One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
	FixedPrice *float64

	// User specified reservation name
	Name *string

	// Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard
	// VQ in US West (Oregon)'
	OfferingDescription *string

	// Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
	OfferingId *string

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType OfferingType

	// AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
	Region *string

	// Renewal settings for the reservation
	RenewalSettings *RenewalSettings

	// Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
	ReservationId *string

	// Resource configuration details
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification

	// Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g.
	// '2018-03-01T00:00:00'
	Start *string

	// Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE'
	State ReservationState

	// A collection of key-value pairs
	Tags map[string]string

	// Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
	UsagePrice *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reserved resources available to use

type ReservationAutomaticRenewal added in v1.21.0 

type ReservationAutomaticRenewal string
const (
	ReservationAutomaticRenewalDisabled    ReservationAutomaticRenewal = "DISABLED"
	ReservationAutomaticRenewalEnabled     ReservationAutomaticRenewal = "ENABLED"
	ReservationAutomaticRenewalUnavailable ReservationAutomaticRenewal = "UNAVAILABLE"
)

Enum values for ReservationAutomaticRenewal

func (ReservationAutomaticRenewal) Values added in v1.21.0 

func (ReservationAutomaticRenewal) Values() []ReservationAutomaticRenewal

Values returns all known values for ReservationAutomaticRenewal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationCodec 

type ReservationCodec string
const (
	ReservationCodecMpeg2 ReservationCodec = "MPEG2"
	ReservationCodecAvc   ReservationCodec = "AVC"
	ReservationCodecHevc  ReservationCodec = "HEVC"
	ReservationCodecAudio ReservationCodec = "AUDIO"
	ReservationCodecLink  ReservationCodec = "LINK"
)

Enum values for ReservationCodec

func (ReservationCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationCodec) Values() []ReservationCodec

Values returns all known values for ReservationCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationMaximumBitrate 

type ReservationMaximumBitrate string
const (
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps ReservationMaximumBitrate = "MAX_10_MBPS"
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps ReservationMaximumBitrate = "MAX_20_MBPS"
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps ReservationMaximumBitrate = "MAX_50_MBPS"
)

Enum values for ReservationMaximumBitrate

func (ReservationMaximumBitrate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationMaximumBitrate) Values() []ReservationMaximumBitrate

Values returns all known values for ReservationMaximumBitrate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationMaximumFramerate 

type ReservationMaximumFramerate string
const (
	ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps ReservationMaximumFramerate = "MAX_30_FPS"
	ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps ReservationMaximumFramerate = "MAX_60_FPS"
)

Enum values for ReservationMaximumFramerate

func (ReservationMaximumFramerate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationMaximumFramerate) Values() []ReservationMaximumFramerate

Values returns all known values for ReservationMaximumFramerate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationResolution 

type ReservationResolution string
const (
	ReservationResolutionSd  ReservationResolution = "SD"
	ReservationResolutionHd  ReservationResolution = "HD"
	ReservationResolutionFhd ReservationResolution = "FHD"
	ReservationResolutionUhd ReservationResolution = "UHD"
)

Enum values for ReservationResolution

func (ReservationResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationResolution) Values() []ReservationResolution

Values returns all known values for ReservationResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationResourceSpecification 

type ReservationResourceSpecification struct {

	// Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD'
	ChannelClass ChannelClass

	// Codec, e.g. 'AVC'
	Codec ReservationCodec

	// Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS'
	MaximumBitrate ReservationMaximumBitrate

	// Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only)
	MaximumFramerate ReservationMaximumFramerate

	// Resolution, e.g. 'HD'
	Resolution ReservationResolution

	// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
	ResourceType ReservationResourceType

	// Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only)
	SpecialFeature ReservationSpecialFeature

	// Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only)
	VideoQuality ReservationVideoQuality
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)

type ReservationResourceType 

type ReservationResourceType string
const (
	ReservationResourceTypeInput     ReservationResourceType = "INPUT"
	ReservationResourceTypeOutput    ReservationResourceType = "OUTPUT"
	ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex ReservationResourceType = "MULTIPLEX"
	ReservationResourceTypeChannel   ReservationResourceType = "CHANNEL"
)

Enum values for ReservationResourceType

func (ReservationResourceType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationResourceType) Values() []ReservationResourceType

Values returns all known values for ReservationResourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationSpecialFeature 

type ReservationSpecialFeature string
const (
	ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio      ReservationSpecialFeature = "ADVANCED_AUDIO"
	ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization ReservationSpecialFeature = "AUDIO_NORMALIZATION"
	ReservationSpecialFeatureMghd               ReservationSpecialFeature = "MGHD"
	ReservationSpecialFeatureMguhd              ReservationSpecialFeature = "MGUHD"
)

Enum values for ReservationSpecialFeature

func (ReservationSpecialFeature) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationSpecialFeature) Values() []ReservationSpecialFeature

Values returns all known values for ReservationSpecialFeature. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationState 

type ReservationState string
const (
	ReservationStateActive   ReservationState = "ACTIVE"
	ReservationStateExpired  ReservationState = "EXPIRED"
	ReservationStateCanceled ReservationState = "CANCELED"
	ReservationStateDeleted  ReservationState = "DELETED"
)

Enum values for ReservationState

func (ReservationState) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationState) Values() []ReservationState

Values returns all known values for ReservationState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationVideoQuality 

type ReservationVideoQuality string
const (
	ReservationVideoQualityStandard ReservationVideoQuality = "STANDARD"
	ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced ReservationVideoQuality = "ENHANCED"
	ReservationVideoQualityPremium  ReservationVideoQuality = "PREMIUM"
)

Enum values for ReservationVideoQuality

func (ReservationVideoQuality) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationVideoQuality) Values() []ReservationVideoQuality

Values returns all known values for ReservationVideoQuality. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RtmpAdMarkers added in v0.30.0 

type RtmpAdMarkers string
const (
	RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35 RtmpAdMarkers = "ON_CUE_POINT_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for RtmpAdMarkers

func (RtmpAdMarkers) Values added in v0.30.0 

func (RtmpAdMarkers) Values() []RtmpAdMarkers

Values returns all known values for RtmpAdMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RtmpCacheFullBehavior 

type RtmpCacheFullBehavior string
const (
	RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately RtmpCacheFullBehavior = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY"
	RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer         RtmpCacheFullBehavior = "WAIT_FOR_SERVER"
)

Enum values for RtmpCacheFullBehavior

func (RtmpCacheFullBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RtmpCacheFullBehavior) Values() []RtmpCacheFullBehavior

Values returns all known values for RtmpCacheFullBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RtmpCaptionData 

type RtmpCaptionData string
const (
	RtmpCaptionDataAll                RtmpCaptionData = "ALL"
	RtmpCaptionDataField1608          RtmpCaptionData = "FIELD1_608"
	RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 RtmpCaptionData = "FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608"
)

Enum values for RtmpCaptionData

func (RtmpCaptionData) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RtmpCaptionData) Values() []RtmpCaptionData

Values returns all known values for RtmpCaptionData. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings 

type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings

type RtmpGroupSettings 

type RtmpGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose the ad marker type for this output group. MediaLive will create a
	// message based on the content of each SCTE-35 message, format it for that marker
	// type, and insert it in the datastream.
	AdMarkers []RtmpAdMarkers

	// Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN
	AuthenticationScheme AuthenticationScheme

	// Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls
	// the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache'
	// will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength the
	// cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately, the RTMP
	// output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect after
	// restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will wait up to 5
	// minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again.
	CacheFullBehavior RtmpCacheFullBehavior

	// Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size.
	CacheLength *int32

	// Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs. If set to
	// 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed. If set to
	// 'field1AndField2608' then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from
	// both fields will be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in
	// 608 from field 1 video will be passed.
	CaptionData RtmpCaptionData

	// Applies only when the rate control mode (in the codec settings) is CBR
	// (constant bit rate). Controls whether the RTMP output stream is padded (with
	// FILL NAL units) in order to achieve a constant bit rate that is truly constant.
	// When there is no padding, the bandwidth varies (up to the bitrate value in the
	// codec settings). We recommend that you choose Auto.
	IncludeFillerNalUnits IncludeFillerNalUnits

	// Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.
	//   - emitOutput: Emit a slate until input returns.
	//   - pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until input returns. This does not
	//   close the underlying RTMP connection.
	InputLossAction InputLossActionForRtmpOut

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Group Settings

type RtmpOutputCertificateMode 

type RtmpOutputCertificateMode string
const (
	RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned         RtmpOutputCertificateMode = "SELF_SIGNED"
	RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity RtmpOutputCertificateMode = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"
)

Enum values for RtmpOutputCertificateMode

func (RtmpOutputCertificateMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RtmpOutputCertificateMode) Values() []RtmpOutputCertificateMode

Values returns all known values for RtmpOutputCertificateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RtmpOutputSettings 

type RtmpOutputSettings struct {

	// The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For
	// connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields
	// accept format identifiers.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted
	// Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed
	// certificates to fail.
	CertificateMode RtmpOutputCertificateMode

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media
	// server if the connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int32

	// Number of retry attempts.
	NumRetries *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Output Settings

type S3CannedAcl added in v1.2.0 

type S3CannedAcl string
const (
	S3CannedAclAuthenticatedRead      S3CannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"
	S3CannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl S3CannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"
	S3CannedAclBucketOwnerRead        S3CannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"
	S3CannedAclPublicRead             S3CannedAcl = "PUBLIC_READ"
)

Enum values for S3CannedAcl

func (S3CannedAcl) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (S3CannedAcl) Values() []S3CannedAcl

Values returns all known values for S3CannedAcl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ScheduleAction 

type ScheduleAction struct {

	// The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides
	// the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name is
	// unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically cleaned
	// up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately)
	// so at that point a name can be reused.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionName *string

	// Settings for this schedule action.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleActionSettings *ScheduleActionSettings

	// The time for the action to start in the channel.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleActionStartSettings *ScheduleActionStartSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information on a single schedule action.

type ScheduleActionSettings 

type ScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to insert HLS metadata
	HlsTimedMetadataSettings *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch
	InputPrepareSettings *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to switch the input
	InputSwitchSettings *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to activate a motion graphics image overlay
	MotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to deactivate a motion graphics image overlay
	MotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings *MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines
	PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to specify scte35 input
	Scte35InputSettings *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message
	Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message
	Scte35SpliceInsertSettings *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message
	Scte35TimeSignalSettings *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to activate a static image overlay
	StaticImageActivateSettings *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to deactivate a static image overlay
	StaticImageDeactivateSettings *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to activate a static image overlay in one or more specified outputs
	StaticImageOutputActivateSettings *StaticImageOutputActivateScheduleActionSettings

	// Action to deactivate a static image overlay in one or more specified outputs
	StaticImageOutputDeactivateSettings *StaticImageOutputDeactivateScheduleActionSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Holds the settings for a single schedule action.

type ScheduleActionStartSettings 

type ScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Option for specifying the start time for an action.
	FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings

	// Option for specifying an action as relative to another action.
	FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings

	// Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately.
	ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify when an action should occur. Only one of the options must be selected.

type Scte20Convert608To708 

type Scte20Convert608To708 string
const (
	Scte20Convert608To708Disabled  Scte20Convert608To708 = "DISABLED"
	Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert Scte20Convert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
)

Enum values for Scte20Convert608To708

func (Scte20Convert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte20Convert608To708) Values() []Scte20Convert608To708

Values returns all known values for Scte20Convert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings

type Scte20SourceSettings 

type Scte20SourceSettings struct {

	// If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes"
	// fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in
	// the source content will be discarded.
	Convert608To708 Scte20Convert608To708

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte20 Source Settings

type Scte27DestinationSettings 

type Scte27DestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte27 Destination Settings

type Scte27OcrLanguage added in v1.7.0 

type Scte27OcrLanguage string
const (
	Scte27OcrLanguageDeu Scte27OcrLanguage = "DEU"
	Scte27OcrLanguageEng Scte27OcrLanguage = "ENG"
	Scte27OcrLanguageFra Scte27OcrLanguage = "FRA"
	Scte27OcrLanguageNld Scte27OcrLanguage = "NLD"
	Scte27OcrLanguagePor Scte27OcrLanguage = "POR"
	Scte27OcrLanguageSpa Scte27OcrLanguage = "SPA"
)

Enum values for Scte27OcrLanguage

func (Scte27OcrLanguage) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Scte27OcrLanguage) Values() []Scte27OcrLanguage

Values returns all known values for Scte27OcrLanguage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte27SourceSettings 

type Scte27SourceSettings struct {

	// If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption
	// selector, use this field to provide the language to consider when translating
	// the image-based source to text.
	OcrLanguage Scte27OcrLanguage

	// The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode
	// field as follows:
	//   - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that PID; the language is
	//   "informational".
	//   - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts the specified PID.
	//   - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified language, whichever
	//   PID that happens to be.
	//   - Omit PID and omit Language: Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being
	//   passed through; all languages will be passed through.
	Pid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte27 Source Settings

type Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior 

type Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior string
const (
	Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "FOLLOW"
	Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "IGNORE"
)

Enum values for Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

func (Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior) Values() []Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

Values returns all known values for Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior 

type Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior string
const (
	Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "FOLLOW"
	Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "IGNORE"
)

Enum values for Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior

func (Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior) Values() []Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior

Values returns all known values for Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag 

type Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag string
const (
	Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED"
	Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed    Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag = "ARCHIVE_ALLOWED"
)

Enum values for Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag

func (Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag) Values() []Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag

Values returns all known values for Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions 

type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions struct {

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ArchiveAllowedFlag Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DeviceRestrictions Scte35DeviceRestrictions

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Corresponds to SCTE-35 delivery_not_restricted_flag parameter. To declare delivery restrictions, include this element and its four "restriction" flags. To declare that there are no restrictions, omit this element.

type Scte35Descriptor 

type Scte35Descriptor struct {

	// SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Scte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35DescriptorSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Holds one set of SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings.

type Scte35DescriptorSettings 

type Scte35DescriptorSettings struct {

	// SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SCTE-35 Descriptor settings.

type Scte35DeviceRestrictions 

type Scte35DeviceRestrictions string
const (
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone           Scte35DeviceRestrictions = "NONE"
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 Scte35DeviceRestrictions = "RESTRICT_GROUP0"
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 Scte35DeviceRestrictions = "RESTRICT_GROUP1"
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 Scte35DeviceRestrictions = "RESTRICT_GROUP2"
)

Enum values for Scte35DeviceRestrictions

func (Scte35DeviceRestrictions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35DeviceRestrictions) Values() []Scte35DeviceRestrictions

Values returns all known values for Scte35DeviceRestrictions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35InputMode added in v1.24.0 

type Scte35InputMode string
const (
	Scte35InputModeFixed        Scte35InputMode = "FIXED"
	Scte35InputModeFollowActive Scte35InputMode = "FOLLOW_ACTIVE"
)

Enum values for Scte35InputMode

func (Scte35InputMode) Values added in v1.24.0 

func (Scte35InputMode) Values() []Scte35InputMode

Values returns all known values for Scte35InputMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings added in v1.24.0 

type Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Whether the SCTE-35 input should be the active input or a fixed input.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mode Scte35InputMode

	// In fixed mode, enter the name of the input attachment that you want to use as a
	// SCTE-35 input. (Don't enter the ID of the input.)"
	InputAttachmentNameReference *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte35Input Schedule Action Settings

type Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag 

type Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag string
const (
	Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout   Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"
	Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = "NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"
)

Enum values for Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag

func (Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag) Values() []Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag

Values returns all known values for Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings 

type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpliceEventId *int64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message.

type Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator 

type Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator string
const (
	Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED"
	Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled    Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED"
)

Enum values for Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator

func (Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator) Values() []Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator

Values returns all known values for Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor 

type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor struct {

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SegmentationCancelIndicator Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SegmentationEventId *int64

	// Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters.
	DeliveryRestrictions *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified
	// segmentation_type_id.
	SegmentNum *int32

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for the
	// time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds
	// by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter a duration, the
	// time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation message.
	SegmentationDuration *int64

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id
	// values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID in
	// decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID in hex
	// (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52").
	SegmentationTypeId *int32

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the
	// hexadecimal representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35
	// segmentation_upid value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not
	// include spaces between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information"
	// becomes hex "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e.
	SegmentationUpid *string

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one of the
	// types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal. For example,
	// "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the CLI, API, or an
	// SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, in either hex
	// (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12").
	SegmentationUpidType *int32

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the
	// specified segmentation_type_id.
	SegmentsExpected *int32

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified
	// segmentation_type_id.
	SubSegmentNum *int32

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the
	// specified segmentation_type_id.
	SubSegmentsExpected *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_descriptor.

type Scte35SpliceInsert 

type Scte35SpliceInsert struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply
	// to OOB messages.
	AdAvailOffset *int32

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 0
	// will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 0
	// will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Typical configuration that applies breaks on splice inserts in addition to time signal placement opportunities, breaks, and advertisements.

type Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior 

type Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior string
const (
	Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "FOLLOW"
	Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "IGNORE"
)

Enum values for Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

func (Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior) Values() []Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

Values returns all known values for Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings 

type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SpliceEventId *int64

	// Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert
	// seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration, there
	// is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration and cue in at
	// that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert will continue
	// indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter a return_to_network
	// to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time.
	Duration *int64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 splice_insert message.

type Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior 

type Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior string
const (
	Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "FOLLOW"
	Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "IGNORE"
)

Enum values for Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior

func (Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior) Values() []Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior

Values returns all known values for Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35TimeSignalApos 

type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply
	// to OOB messages.
	AdAvailOffset *int32

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 0
	// will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 0
	// will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Atypical configuration that applies segment breaks only on SCTE-35 time signal placement opportunities and breaks.

type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings 

type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Scte35Descriptors []Scte35Descriptor
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 time_signal.

type Scte35Type added in v1.50.0 

type Scte35Type string
const (
	Scte35TypeNone                      Scte35Type = "NONE"
	Scte35TypeScte35WithoutSegmentation Scte35Type = "SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION"
)

Enum values for Scte35Type

func (Scte35Type) Values added in v1.50.0 

func (Scte35Type) Values() []Scte35Type

Values returns all known values for Scte35Type. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag 

type Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag string
const (
	Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED"
	Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed    Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = "WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED"
)

Enum values for Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag

func (Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag) Values() []Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag

Values returns all known values for Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus added in v1.51.0 

type SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus string
const (
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusNotDeployed                SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "NOT_DEPLOYED"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDryRunDeploymentComplete   SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DRY_RUN_DEPLOYMENT_COMPLETE"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDryRunDeploymentFailed     SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DRY_RUN_DEPLOYMENT_FAILED"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDryRunDeploymentInProgress SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DRY_RUN_DEPLOYMENT_IN_PROGRESS"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeploymentComplete         SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DEPLOYMENT_COMPLETE"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeploymentFailed           SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DEPLOYMENT_FAILED"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeploymentInProgress       SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DEPLOYMENT_IN_PROGRESS"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeleteComplete             SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DELETE_COMPLETE"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeleteFailed               SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DELETE_FAILED"
	SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatusDeleteInProgress           SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus = "DELETE_IN_PROGRESS"
)

Enum values for SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus

func (SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus) Values() []SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus

Values returns all known values for SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SignalMapStatus added in v1.51.0 

type SignalMapStatus string
const (
	SignalMapStatusCreateInProgress SignalMapStatus = "CREATE_IN_PROGRESS"
	SignalMapStatusCreateComplete   SignalMapStatus = "CREATE_COMPLETE"
	SignalMapStatusCreateFailed     SignalMapStatus = "CREATE_FAILED"
	SignalMapStatusUpdateInProgress SignalMapStatus = "UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS"
	SignalMapStatusUpdateComplete   SignalMapStatus = "UPDATE_COMPLETE"
	SignalMapStatusUpdateReverted   SignalMapStatus = "UPDATE_REVERTED"
	SignalMapStatusUpdateFailed     SignalMapStatus = "UPDATE_FAILED"
	SignalMapStatusReady            SignalMapStatus = "READY"
	SignalMapStatusNotReady         SignalMapStatus = "NOT_READY"
)

Enum values for SignalMapStatus

func (SignalMapStatus) Values added in v1.51.0 

func (SignalMapStatus) Values() []SignalMapStatus

Values returns all known values for SignalMapStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SignalMapSummary added in v1.51.0 

type SignalMapSummary struct {

	// A signal map's ARN (Amazon Resource Name)
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	//
	// This member is required.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// A signal map's id.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// A signal map's monitor deployment status.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MonitorDeploymentStatus SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus

	// A resource's name. Names must be unique within the scope of a resource type in
	// a specific region.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A signal map's current status which is dependent on its lifecycle actions or
	// associated jobs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status SignalMapStatus

	// A resource's optional description.
	Description *string

	// Placeholder documentation for __timestampIso8601
	ModifiedAt *time.Time

	// Represents the tags associated with a resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for SignalMapSummary

type SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl 

type SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl string
const (
	SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough        SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl = "PASSTHROUGH"
	SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl

func (SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl) Values() []SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupCertificateMode 

type SmoothGroupCertificateMode string
const (
	SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned         SmoothGroupCertificateMode = "SELF_SIGNED"
	SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity SmoothGroupCertificateMode = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupCertificateMode

func (SmoothGroupCertificateMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupCertificateMode) Values() []SmoothGroupCertificateMode

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupCertificateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupEventIdMode 

type SmoothGroupEventIdMode string
const (
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId     SmoothGroupEventIdMode = "NO_EVENT_ID"
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured SmoothGroupEventIdMode = "USE_CONFIGURED"
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp  SmoothGroupEventIdMode = "USE_TIMESTAMP"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupEventIdMode

func (SmoothGroupEventIdMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupEventIdMode) Values() []SmoothGroupEventIdMode

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupEventIdMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior 

type SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior string
const (
	SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone    SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior = "NONE"
	SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior = "SEND_EOS"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior

func (SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior) Values() []SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupSegmentationMode 

type SmoothGroupSegmentationMode string
const (
	SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation SmoothGroupSegmentationMode = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"
	SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration   SmoothGroupSegmentationMode = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupSegmentationMode

func (SmoothGroupSegmentationMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupSegmentationMode) Values() []SmoothGroupSegmentationMode

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupSegmentationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupSparseTrackType 

type SmoothGroupSparseTrackType string
const (
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone                      SmoothGroupSparseTrackType = "NONE"
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35                    SmoothGroupSparseTrackType = "SCTE_35"
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation SmoothGroupSparseTrackType = "SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupSparseTrackType

func (SmoothGroupSparseTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupSparseTrackType) Values() []SmoothGroupSparseTrackType

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupSparseTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior 

type SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior string
const (
	SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior = "DO_NOT_SEND"
	SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend      SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior = "SEND"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior

func (SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior) Values() []SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode 

type SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode string
const (
	SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET"
	SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate   SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE"
)

Enum values for SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode

func (SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode) Values() []SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode

Values returns all known values for SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Smpte2038DataPreference 

type Smpte2038DataPreference string
const (
	Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore Smpte2038DataPreference = "IGNORE"
	Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer Smpte2038DataPreference = "PREFER"
)

Enum values for Smpte2038DataPreference

func (Smpte2038DataPreference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Smpte2038DataPreference) Values() []Smpte2038DataPreference

Values returns all known values for Smpte2038DataPreference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SmpteTtDestinationSettings 

type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Smpte Tt Destination Settings

type StandardHlsSettings 

type StandardHlsSettings struct {

	// Settings information for the .m3u8 container
	//
	// This member is required.
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all
	// the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Standard Hls Settings

type StartTimecode 

type StartTimecode struct {

	// The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if not
	// specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode as
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
	Timecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to identify the start of the clip.

type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings 

type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The file
	// must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) than
	// the input video.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Image *InputLocation

	// The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted
	// or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it is
	// explicitly deactivated.
	Duration *int32

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at the
	// start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in).
	FadeIn *int32

	// Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the image
	// to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so it
	// effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int32

	// The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the native
	// height of the overlay.
	Height *int32

	// Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the
	// video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If the
	// placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying
	// video, then the overlay is cropped on the right.
	ImageX *int32

	// Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the video
	// frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If the placement
	// causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the underlying video,
	// then the overlay is cropped on the bottom.
	ImageY *int32

	// The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid on the
	// video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, which means
	// that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top of overlays with
	// lower values of layer. Default is 0.
	Layer *int32

	// Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 100.
	Opacity *int32

	// The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the native
	// width of the overlay.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to activate a static image.

type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings 

type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int32

	// The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0.
	Layer *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer.

type StaticImageOutputActivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.41.0 

type StaticImageOutputActivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The file
	// must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) than
	// the input video.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Image *InputLocation

	// The name(s) of the output(s) the activation should apply to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputNames []string

	// The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted
	// or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it is
	// explicitly deactivated.
	Duration *int32

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at the
	// start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in).
	FadeIn *int32

	// Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the image
	// to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so it
	// effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int32

	// The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the native
	// height of the overlay.
	Height *int32

	// Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the
	// video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If the
	// placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying
	// video, then the overlay is cropped on the right.
	ImageX *int32

	// Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the video
	// frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If the placement
	// causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the underlying video,
	// then the overlay is cropped on the bottom.
	ImageY *int32

	// The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid on the
	// video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, which means
	// that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top of overlays with
	// lower values of layer. Default is 0.
	Layer *int32

	// Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 100.
	Opacity *int32

	// The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the native
	// width of the overlay.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to activate a static image.

type StaticImageOutputDeactivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.41.0 

type StaticImageOutputDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The name(s) of the output(s) the deactivation should apply to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputNames []string

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int32

	// The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0.
	Layer *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer.

type StaticKeySettings 

type StaticKeySettings struct {

	// Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string.
	//
	// This member is required.
	StaticKeyValue *string

	// The URL of the license server used for protecting content.
	KeyProviderServer *InputLocation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Static Key Settings

type StopTimecode 

type StopTimecode struct {

	// If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you can
	// specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the frame
	// specified by the timecode.
	LastFrameClippingBehavior LastFrameClippingBehavior

	// The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if not
	// specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode as
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
	Timecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to identify the end of the clip.

type SuccessfulMonitorDeployment added in v1.51.0 

type SuccessfulMonitorDeployment struct {

	// URI associated with a signal map's monitor deployment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DetailsUri *string

	// A signal map's monitor deployment status.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status SignalMapMonitorDeploymentStatus
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Represents the latest successful monitor deployment of a signal map.

type TeletextDestinationSettings 

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Teletext Destination Settings

type TeletextSourceSettings 

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Optionally defines a region where TTML style captions will be displayed
	OutputRectangle *CaptionRectangle

	// Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract
	// captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should
	// be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix.
	PageNumber *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Teletext Source Settings

type TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening 

type TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening string
const (
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto     TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening = "AUTO"
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening = "DISABLED"
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled  TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening

func (TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening) Values() []TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening

Values returns all known values for TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TemporalFilterSettings 

type TemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// If you enable this filter, the results are the following:
	//   - If the source content is noisy (it contains excessive digital artifacts),
	//   the filter cleans up the source.
	//   - If the source content is already clean, the filter tends to decrease the
	//   bitrate, especially when the rate control mode is QVBR.
	PostFilterSharpening TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening

	// Choose a filter strength. We recommend a strength of 1 or 2. A higher strength
	// might take out good information, resulting in an image that is overly soft.
	Strength TemporalFilterStrength
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Temporal Filter Settings

type TemporalFilterStrength 

type TemporalFilterStrength string
const (
	TemporalFilterStrengthAuto       TemporalFilterStrength = "AUTO"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_1"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_2"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_3"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_4"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_5"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_6"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_7"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_8"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9  TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_9"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_10"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_11"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_12"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_13"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_14"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_15"
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 TemporalFilterStrength = "STRENGTH_16"
)

Enum values for TemporalFilterStrength

func (TemporalFilterStrength) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TemporalFilterStrength) Values() []TemporalFilterStrength

Values returns all known values for TemporalFilterStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Thumbnail added in v1.32.0 

type Thumbnail struct {

	// The binary data for the latest thumbnail.
	Body *string

	// The content type for the latest thumbnail.
	ContentType *string

	// Thumbnail Type
	ThumbnailType ThumbnailType

	// Time stamp for the latest thumbnail.
	TimeStamp *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details of a single thumbnail

type ThumbnailConfiguration added in v1.32.0 

type ThumbnailConfiguration struct {

	// Enables the thumbnail feature. The feature generates thumbnails of the incoming
	// video in each pipeline in the channel. AUTO turns the feature on, DISABLE turns
	// the feature off.
	//
	// This member is required.
	State ThumbnailState
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Thumbnail Configuration

type ThumbnailDetail added in v1.32.0 

type ThumbnailDetail struct {

	// Pipeline ID
	PipelineId *string

	// thumbnails of a single pipeline
	Thumbnails []Thumbnail
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Thumbnail details for one pipeline of a running channel.

type ThumbnailState added in v1.32.0 

type ThumbnailState string
const (
	ThumbnailStateAuto     ThumbnailState = "AUTO"
	ThumbnailStateDisabled ThumbnailState = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for ThumbnailState

func (ThumbnailState) Values added in v1.32.0 

func (ThumbnailState) Values() []ThumbnailState

Values returns all known values for ThumbnailState. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ThumbnailType added in v1.32.0 

type ThumbnailType string
const (
	ThumbnailTypeUnspecified   ThumbnailType = "UNSPECIFIED"
	ThumbnailTypeCurrentActive ThumbnailType = "CURRENT_ACTIVE"
)

Enum values for ThumbnailType

func (ThumbnailType) Values added in v1.32.0 

func (ThumbnailType) Values() []ThumbnailType

Values returns all known values for ThumbnailType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeBurninFontSize added in v1.27.0 

type TimecodeBurninFontSize string
const (
	TimecodeBurninFontSizeExtraSmall10 TimecodeBurninFontSize = "EXTRA_SMALL_10"
	TimecodeBurninFontSizeLarge48      TimecodeBurninFontSize = "LARGE_48"
	TimecodeBurninFontSizeMedium32     TimecodeBurninFontSize = "MEDIUM_32"
	TimecodeBurninFontSizeSmall16      TimecodeBurninFontSize = "SMALL_16"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninFontSize

func (TimecodeBurninFontSize) Values added in v1.27.0 

func (TimecodeBurninFontSize) Values() []TimecodeBurninFontSize

Values returns all known values for TimecodeBurninFontSize. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeBurninPosition added in v1.27.0 

type TimecodeBurninPosition string
const (
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter    TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft      TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight     TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values added in v1.27.0 

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values() []TimecodeBurninPosition

Values returns all known values for TimecodeBurninPosition. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeBurninSettings added in v1.27.0 

type TimecodeBurninSettings struct {

	// Choose a timecode burn-in font size
	//
	// This member is required.
	FontSize TimecodeBurninFontSize

	// Choose a timecode burn-in output position
	//
	// This member is required.
	Position TimecodeBurninPosition

	// Create a timecode burn-in prefix (optional)
	Prefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Timecode Burnin Settings

type TimecodeConfig 

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events
	// outputs. -Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode from
	// the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the system
	// falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased). -System Clock (systemclock): Use
	// the UTC time. -Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of the event
	// will be 00:00:00:00.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Source TimecodeConfigSource

	// Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the input
	// timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid unnecessary
	// discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when this is not
	// specified.
	SyncThreshold *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Timecode Config

type TimecodeConfigSource 

type TimecodeConfigSource string
const (
	TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded    TimecodeConfigSource = "EMBEDDED"
	TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock TimecodeConfigSource = "SYSTEMCLOCK"
	TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased   TimecodeConfigSource = "ZEROBASED"
)

Enum values for TimecodeConfigSource

func (TimecodeConfigSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimecodeConfigSource) Values() []TimecodeConfigSource

Values returns all known values for TimecodeConfigSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TooManyRequestsException 

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for TooManyRequestsException

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string

type TransferringInputDeviceSummary added in v0.29.0 

type TransferringInputDeviceSummary struct {

	// The unique ID of the input device.
	Id *string

	// The optional message that the sender has attached to the transfer.
	Message *string

	// The AWS account ID for the recipient of the input device transfer.
	TargetCustomerId *string

	// The type (direction) of the input device transfer.
	TransferType InputDeviceTransferType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the input device that is being transferred.

type TtmlDestinationSettings 

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// This field is not currently supported and will not affect the output styling.
	// Leave the default value.
	StyleControl TtmlDestinationStyleControl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ttml Destination Settings

type TtmlDestinationStyleControl 

type TtmlDestinationStyleControl string
const (
	TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough   TtmlDestinationStyleControl = "PASSTHROUGH"
	TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured TtmlDestinationStyleControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for TtmlDestinationStyleControl

func (TtmlDestinationStyleControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TtmlDestinationStyleControl) Values() []TtmlDestinationStyleControl

Values returns all known values for TtmlDestinationStyleControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UdpContainerSettings 

type UdpContainerSettings struct {

	// M2ts Settings
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Container Settings

type UdpGroupSettings 

type UdpGroupSettings struct {

	// Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup
	// inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream will
	// stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be dropped from
	// the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet the TS bitrate
	// requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport stream will continue
	// to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, or slate frames
	// substituted for the absent input video.
	InputLossAction InputLossActionForUdpOut

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Group Settings

type UdpOutputSettings 

type UdpOutputSettings struct {

	// Udp Container Settings
	//
	// This member is required.
	ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings

	// Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast or
	// multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002).
	//
	// This member is required.
	Destination *OutputLocationRef

	// UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through
	// the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a
	// constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input
	// switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc.
	BufferMsec *int32

	// Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs.
	FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Output Settings

type UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame 

type UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const (
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values() []UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame

Values returns all known values for UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UnprocessableEntityException 

type UnprocessableEntityException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string

	ValidationErrors []ValidationError
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for UnprocessableEntityException

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) Error 

func (e *UnprocessableEntityException) Error() string

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorCode 

func (e *UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorCode() string

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorFault 

func (e *UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *UnprocessableEntityException) ErrorMessage() string

type ValidationError 

type ValidationError struct {

	// Path to the source of the error.
	ElementPath *string

	// The error message.
	ErrorMessage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for ValidationError

type VideoBlackFailoverSettings added in v0.31.0 

type VideoBlackFailoverSettings struct {

	// A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers a
	// pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel in a
	// frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a percentage
	// (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white (or 90% black).
	// Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example, if you set this
	// field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (10230.1=102.3), which means a pixel value
	// of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1 in an 8-bit color depth:
	// (2550.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25 or less is 'black'. The range is
	// 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places.
	BlackDetectThreshold *float64

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black before
	// automatic input failover occurs.
	VideoBlackThresholdMsec *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Placeholder documentation for VideoBlackFailoverSettings

type VideoCodecSettings 

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Frame Capture Settings
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings

	// H264 Settings
	H264Settings *H264Settings

	// H265 Settings
	H265Settings *H265Settings

	// Mpeg2 Settings
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Codec Settings

type VideoDescription 

type VideoDescription struct {

	// The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
	// identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this Live
	// Event.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Video codec settings.
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings

	// Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you
	// can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width
	// (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not
	// recommended. For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
	Height *int32

	// Indicates how MediaLive will respond to the AFD values that might be in the
	// input video. If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream
	// system has not given you guidance, choose PASSTHROUGH. RESPOND: MediaLive clips
	// the input video using a formula that uses the AFD values (configured in
	// afdSignaling ), the input display aspect ratio, and the output display aspect
	// ratio. MediaLive also includes the AFD values in the output, unless the codec
	// for this encode is FRAME_CAPTURE. PASSTHROUGH: MediaLive ignores the AFD values
	// and does not clip the video. But MediaLive does include the values in the
	// output. NONE: MediaLive does not clip the input video and does not include the
	// AFD values in the output
	RespondToAfd VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd

	// STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to the
	// specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override any
	// position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter boxes)
	// around the video to provide the specified output resolution.
	ScalingBehavior VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior

	// Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the
	// softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for most
	// content.
	Sharpness *int32

	// Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you can
	// leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width
	// (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not
	// recommended. For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video settings for this stream.

type VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd 

type VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd string
const (
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone        VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd = "NONE"
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH"
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond     VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd = "RESPOND"
)

Enum values for VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd

func (VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd) Values() []VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd

Values returns all known values for VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior 

type VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior string
const (
	VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault         VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"
	VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior

func (VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior) Values() []VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior

Values returns all known values for VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoSelector 

type VideoSelector struct {

	// Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with
	// colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine
	// if any conversion will be performed.
	ColorSpace VideoSelectorColorSpace

	// Color space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings

	// Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls
	// how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when the
	// input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when the input
	// has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. Choose fallback
	// if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but when it does have color
	// space data, that data is correct. force means to always use the value in
	// colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has no color space data or might
	// have unreliable color space data.
	ColorSpaceUsage VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage

	// The video selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may have only a single video selector.

type VideoSelectorColorSpace 

type VideoSelectorColorSpace string
const (
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow  VideoSelectorColorSpace = "FOLLOW"
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceHdr10   VideoSelectorColorSpace = "HDR10"
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceHlg2020 VideoSelectorColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601  VideoSelectorColorSpace = "REC_601"
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709  VideoSelectorColorSpace = "REC_709"
)

Enum values for VideoSelectorColorSpace

func (VideoSelectorColorSpace) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoSelectorColorSpace) Values() []VideoSelectorColorSpace

Values returns all known values for VideoSelectorColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings added in v1.3.0 

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Hdr10 Settings
	Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Color Space Settings

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage 

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage string
const (
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce    VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage

func (VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage) Values() []VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage

Values returns all known values for VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoSelectorPid 

type VideoSelectorPid struct {

	// Selects a specific PID from within a video source.
	Pid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Pid

type VideoSelectorProgramId 

type VideoSelectorProgramId struct {

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. If the
	// program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream will be
	// selected by default.
	ProgramId *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Program Id

type VideoSelectorSettings 

type VideoSelectorSettings struct {

	// Video Selector Pid
	VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid

	// Video Selector Program Id
	VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Settings

type VpcOutputSettings added in v1.2.0 

type VpcOutputSettings struct {

	// A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC. If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs
	// must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetIds []string

	// List of public address allocation ids to associate with ENIs that will be
	// created in Output VPC. Must specify one for SINGLE_PIPELINE, two for STANDARD
	// channels
	PublicAddressAllocationIds []string

	// A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Output VPC
	// network interfaces. If none are specified then the VPC default security group
	// will be used
	SecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a private VPC Output When this property is specified, the output egress addresses will be created in a user specified VPC

type VpcOutputSettingsDescription added in v1.4.0 

type VpcOutputSettingsDescription struct {

	// The Availability Zones where the vpc subnets are located. The first
	// Availability Zone applies to the first subnet in the list of subnets. The second
	// Availability Zone applies to the second subnet.
	AvailabilityZones []string

	// A list of Elastic Network Interfaces created by MediaLive in the customer's VPC
	NetworkInterfaceIds []string

	// A list of up EC2 VPC security group IDs attached to the Output VPC network
	// interfaces.
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC. If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs
	// must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
	SubnetIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a private VPC Output

type WavCodingMode added in v0.29.0 

type WavCodingMode string
const (
	WavCodingModeCodingMode10 WavCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	WavCodingModeCodingMode20 WavCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	WavCodingModeCodingMode40 WavCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_4_0"
	WavCodingModeCodingMode80 WavCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_8_0"
)

Enum values for WavCodingMode

func (WavCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (WavCodingMode) Values() []WavCodingMode

Values returns all known values for WavCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavSettings added in v0.29.0 

type WavSettings struct {

	// Bits per sample.
	BitDepth *float64

	// The audio coding mode for the WAV audio. The mode determines the number of
	// channels in the audio.
	CodingMode WavCodingMode

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Wav Settings

type WebvttDestinationSettings 

type WebvttDestinationSettings struct {

	// Controls whether the color and position of the source captions is passed
	// through to the WebVTT output captions. PASSTHROUGH - Valid only if the source
	// captions are EMBEDDED or TELETEXT. NO_STYLE_DATA - Don't pass through the style.
	// The output captions will not contain any font styling information.
	StyleControl WebvttDestinationStyleControl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Webvtt Destination Settings

type WebvttDestinationStyleControl added in v1.8.0 

type WebvttDestinationStyleControl string
const (
	WebvttDestinationStyleControlNoStyleData WebvttDestinationStyleControl = "NO_STYLE_DATA"
	WebvttDestinationStyleControlPassthrough WebvttDestinationStyleControl = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for WebvttDestinationStyleControl

func (WebvttDestinationStyleControl) Values added in v1.8.0 

func (WebvttDestinationStyleControl) Values() []WebvttDestinationStyleControl

Values returns all known values for WebvttDestinationStyleControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

Source Files

View all Source files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.